Inhibitors of canine janus kinase and uses thereof

Abstract

Provided herein are compounds having inhibitory activity toward the Janus Kinase 1 (JAK-1) enzyme, and which are useful as therapeutic and / or prophylactic agents. The compounds may be useful in treating inflammatory disorders in non-human mammals, for example, in treating canine atopic dermatitis. Also provided herein are methods for preparation of such compounds.

Description

AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTINHIBITORS OF CANINE JANUS KINASE AND USES THEREOFTECHNICAE FIELD

[0001] The present disclosure relates generally to canine Janus Kinase (JAK) inhibitors and methods for treating inflammatory disorders with such inhibitors.SEQUENCE LISTING

[0002] The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in XML format and which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said CRF copy, created on November 25, 2025, is named Al 12628_W1 l_SL.xml and is 4,542 bytes in size.BACKGROUND

[0003] Protein kinases are families of enzymes that catalyze the phosphorylation of specific amino acid residues present in certain proteins. Such protein kinases are broadly classified into tyrosine and serine / threonine kinases. Inappropriate kinase activity, which may arise from, e.g., arising mutation, overexpression, or inappropriate regulation, as well as over- or underexpression of growth factors or cytokines, has been implicated in many diseases. These diseases include but are not limited to cancer, cardiovascular diseases, allergies, asthma and other respiratory diseases, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, bone diseases, metabolic disorders, and neurological and neurodegenerative disorders. Inappropriate kinase activity triggers a variety of biological cellular responses relating to cell growth, differentiation, survival, apoptosis, and mitogenesis, as well as cell cycle control and cell mobility, each of which have been implicated in the aforementioned diseases.

[0004] Accordingly, protein kinases have emerged as an important class of enzymes to target for therapeutic intervention. In particular, the Janus Kinases (JAKs) are a family of cellular protein tyrosine kinases that play a central role in cytokine signaling (Kisseleva et al., Gene 2002, 285, 1; Yamaoka et al., Genome Biology 2004, 5, 253). The JAKs function as dimers in the signaling process of many cytokine receptors. The JAKs comprise four family members: JAK-1, JAK-2, JAK-3, and Tyrosine kinase 2 (TYK-2). Numerous cytokines are known to activate the JAK family. Upon binding to their receptors, cytokines activate the JAK, which then phosphorylates the cytokine receptor, creating docking sites for signaling molecules. These signaling molecules include members of the signal transducer and activator of transcription (STAT) family that ultimately lead to gene expression.

[0005] The JAKs play a critical role in both innate and adaptive immunity, making them attractive targets for the treatment of inflammatory diseases. Targeting the JAK signaling pathway for autoimmune diseases is supported by the involvement of various pro-inflammatory cytokines that signal via JAK pathways in the pathogenesis of these immune-related disorders. The activation of JAK signaling initiates expression of survival factors, cytokines, chemokines, and other molecules that facilitate leukocyte cellular trafficking and cell proliferation, which contribute to inflammatory and autoimmune disorders. (O'Shea et al., N Engl J Med. 2013, 368(2), 161-70).-1-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0006] In view of the potential for JAK inhibitors to target pathways implicated in a variety of diseases and disorders, including inflammatory disorders, it is desirable in the art to provide further JAK inhibitors and methods of utilizing such inhibitors in the treatment of diseases and disorders responsive to such inhibitors. In particular, there is a clear unmet need for new agents to control atopic dermatitis in animals that can address certain limitations of existing therapeutic agents.SUMMARY

[0007] The present disclosure relates to compounds which are inhibitors of Janus Kinases (JAKs), with efficacy against canine Janus Kinase- 1 (cJAK-1) and selectivity over canine Janus Kinase-2 (cJAK-2), canine Janus Kinase-3 (cJAK-3), and canine Tyrosine Kinase 2 (cTYK-2). Accordingly, the disclosed compounds can be useful as therapeutic agents for indications where immunosuppression and / or immunomodulation would be desirable, including, but not limited, to canine atopic dermatitis.

[0008] Atopic Dermatitis (AD; also known as atopic eczema) is a genetically predisposed inflammatory, pruritic, chronic or chronically relapsing skin disease. It is most commonly associated with IgE antibodies to environmental allergens. Common clinical characteristics include erythema, edema, xerosis, erosions / excoriations, oozing and crusting. The disease typically affects dogs aged 6 months to 3 years and is characterized by pruritus and secondary skin lesions of a characteristic distribution around the face (mouth, eyes), concave aspect of the ear pinnae, ventral abdomen, flexor aspects of elbow, carpal, and tarsal joints, interdigital skin, and / or perineal area. Animals with atopic dermatitis are prone to secondary skin infections, ear infections and yeast infections. Atopic dermatitis cannot be cured. Therefore, the goal is to manage the disease to improve quality of life of canines and their owners.

[0009] The market for treating atopic dermatitis in animals has historically been dominated by corticosteroids and antihistamines, each suffering from various liabilities. For example, corticosteroids cause undesirable side effects in animals, specifically in companion animals such as dogs, while antihistamines suffer from poor efficacy. Particularly, the short- and long-term side effects of corticosteroids include polydipsia, polyphagia, polyuria, pancreatitis, gastrointestinal ulceration, lipidemias, diabetes, muscle wasting and iatrogenic Cushing’s syndrome. Further, the complicated dosing schedules can be challenging to dogs and their owners. A canine formulation of cyclosporine (ATOPIC A™) is marketed for atopic dermatitis, but is expensive, has a slow onset of efficacy, and exhibits gastrointestinal tolerability issues. In 2013, the United States FDA approved APOQUEL® (oclacitinib; N-methyl[trans-4-(methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino) cyclohexyl]methanesulfonamide (2Z)-2 -butenedioate; Zoetis) for the treatment of pruritus associated with allergic dermatitis and control of atopic dermatitis in dogs at least 12 months of age. APOQUEL® is a relatively selective JAK-1 and JAK-3 inhibitor, blocking the effects of inflammatory cytokines released from activated lymphocytes (IL-2, -4, -6, -13) as well as IL-31, a cytokine directly involved in the sensation of itch. Despite its commercial success, APOQUEL® requires twice daily oral dosing during the initial induction phase, which lasts up to two weeks. In view of the challenges associated with orally medicating companion animals, it would be desirable to provide an alternative therapeutic agent with properties allowing once daily dosing.-2-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0010] Compounds of the present disclosure are JAK inhibitors with potency, efficacy, and selectivity for human JAK-1. In view of the very high homology between canine and human JAKs, such efficacy and selectivity obtained with respect to human subtypes is an appropriate surrogate for the canine subtypes, and it is expected that the canine in vitro pharmacological profile will mirror the human in vitro profile. The activity profile and selectivity for JAK-1 may allow for once-daily dosing while providing desirable efficacy and tolerability. These compounds therefore represent a valuable alternative to currently available therapeutic agents for the treatment of chronic pruritus and inflammation associated with atopic dermatitis. Accordingly, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula I, their use as cJAK-1 inhibitors for the treatment of canine atopic dermatitis, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds, and methods for the preparation of these compounds.

[0011] In one aspect is provided a compound having a structure according to Formula (I):wherein:Z is CH orN;Ri is H or CH3;R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; orRi and R2, together with the included N atom, form a 4-, 5- or 6-membered ring, wherein said 6-membered ring optionally includes one additional heteroatom selected from N and O;R3 is independently selected for each occurrence from the group consisting of F, Cl, -OCH3, CH3 and -CF3; x is 0, 1, or 2; y is 0 or 1; and z is 1 or 2.

[0012] In some embodiments, Ri is H.

[0013] In some embodiments, Ri is CH3.

[0014] In some embodiments, R2 is H.

[0015] In some embodiments, R2 is C1-C4 alkyl.

[0016] In some embodiments, Ri and R2 are each CH3.

[0017] In some embodiments, Ri is H and R2 is CH3.-3-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0018] In some embodiments, x is 0.

[0019] In some embodiments, x is 1 or 2, and R3 is independently selected for each occurrence from the group consisting of F, Cl, and CF3.

[0020] In some embodiments, x is 1 and R3 is F or Cl.

[0021] In some embodiments, x is 2.

[0022] In some embodiments, one instance of R3 is F and the other instance of R3 is Cl.

[0023] In some embodiments, both instances of R3 are F.

[0024] In some embodiments, both instances of R3 are Cl.

[0025] In some embodiments, y is 0 and z is 1.

[0026] In some embodiments, y is 0 and z is 2.

[0027] In some embodiments, y is 1 and z is 1.

[0028] In some embodiments, y is 1 and z is 2.

[0029] In some embodiments, Z is CH.

[0030] In some embodiments, Z is N.

[0031] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a structure according to Formula la:

[0032] In some embodiments, Ri is H or CH3; R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; and R3 is F or Cl.

[0033] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a structure according to Formula lb:

[0034] In some embodiments, Ri is H or CH3; R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; and each R3 is independently F or Cl.-4-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0035] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a structure according to Formula Ic, Id, le, orIf:

[0036] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a structure according to Formula Ig:

[0037] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is selected from the group consisting of:-5-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0038] In another aspect is provided a compound having a structure according to Formula (II):wherein:X is CH2 or C=O; andR is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted thiazole-2-yl.

[0039] In some embodiments,

[0040] In some embodiments, X is C=O; and R4 is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl or optionally substituted cyclopropyl.

[0041] In some embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, the C1-C4 alkyl is substituted with one or more deuterium atoms or one or more fluorine atoms.

[0042] In some embodiments, R is methyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl.

[0043] In some embodiments, R is -CD3, -CH2CHF2, or -CH2CF3.-6-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0044] In some embodiments, R4 is cyclopropyl.

[0045] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II is selected from the group consisting of:

[0046] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I or Formual II is selected from the compounds depicted in Table 1 or Table 2.

[0047] In another aspect is provided a compound having a structure according to Formula (III):wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted thiazole-2-yl.

[0048] In some embodiments,-7-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0049] In another aspect is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

[0050] In still another aspect is provided a method for treating allergic reactions, allergic dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, eczema, or pruritus in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a composition of any thereof.

[0051] In some embodiments, the mammal is a companion animal. In some embodiments, the companion animal is a dog.

[0052] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is administered orally, parenterally, or topically. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is administered orally once daily.

[0053] These and other features, aspects, and advantages of the present disclosure will be apparent from a reading of the following detailed description. The present disclosure includes any combination of two, three, four or more features or elements set forth in this disclosure, regardless of whether such features or elements are expressly combined or otherwise recited in a specific example implementation described herein. This disclosure is intended to be read holistically such that any separable features or elements of the disclosure, in any of its aspects and example implementations, should be viewed as combinable, unless the context of the disclosure clearly dictates otherwise. It will therefore be appreciated that this Summary is provided merely for purposes of summarizing some example implementations so as to provide a basic understanding of some aspects of the disclosure. Accordingly, it will be appreciated that the above-described example implementations are merely examples and should not be construed to narrow the scope or spirit of the disclosure in any way. Other example implementations, aspects, and advantages will become apparent from the following detailed description.DETAILED DESCRIPTION

[0054] The present disclosure will now be described more fully hereinafter with reference to example embodiments thereof. Before describing several example embodiments of the technology, it is to be understood that the technology is not limited to the details of construction or process steps set forth in the following description. The technology is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or being carried out in various ways.

[0055] The following description sets forth numerous exemplary configurations, methods, parameters, and the like in order to provide a thorough understanding of various embodiments of the disclosure. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.

[0056] The present disclosure is generally directed to compounds of Formulae I, II, and III:-8-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTincluding stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds, or stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The disclosure particularly relates to such compounds, stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof with canine Janus Kinase- 1 (cJAK-1) inhibitory activity. Such compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be useful for treating canine atopic dermatitis and the chronic pruritus and inflammation associated therewith. The compounds, compositions, and methods of treatment are further described herein below.Definitions

[0057] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. With respect to the terms used in this disclosure, the following definitions are provided. This application will use the following terms as defined below unless the context of the text in which the term appears requires a different meaning.

[0058] The articles "a" and "an" as used in this disclosure may refer to one or more than one (i.e., to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, "an element" may mean one element or more than one element.

[0059] The term "and / or" as used in this disclosure may mean either "and" or "or" unless indicated otherwise.

[0060] The term "about" used throughout this specification is used to describe and account for small fluctuations. For example, the term "about" can refer to less than or equal to ±10%, less than or equal to ±5%, less than or equal to ±2%, less than or equal to ±1%, less than or equal to ±0.5%, less than or equal to ±0.2%, less than or equal to ±0.1% or less than or equal to ±0.05%. All numeric values herein are modified by the-9-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT term "about," whether or not explicitly indicated. A value modified by the term "about" of course includes the specific value. For instance, "about 5.0" must include 5.0.

[0061] Unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the present specification and claims, as used herein, the terms "including," "containing," and "comprising" are used in their open, non-limiting sense.

[0062] "Alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation, and preferably having from one to fifteen carbon atoms (z.e., Ci- C15 alkyl). In certain embodiments, an alkyl comprises one to thirteen carbon atoms (z.e., C1-C13 alkyl). In certain embodiments, an alkyl comprises one to eight carbon atoms (z.e., Ci-Cs alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises one to five carbon atoms (z.e., C1-C5 alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises one to four carbon atoms (z.e., C1-C4 alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises one to three carbon atoms (z.e., C1-C3 alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises one to two carbon atoms (z.e., C1-C2 alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises one carbon atom (z.e., Ci alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises five to fifteen carbon atoms (z.e., C5-C15 alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises five to eight carbon atoms (z.e., Cs-Cs alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises two to five carbon atoms (z.e., C2-C5 alkyl). In other embodiments, an alkyl comprises three to five carbon atoms (z.e., C3-C5 alkyl). In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1 -propyl (w-propyl). 1 -methylethyl ( / .so-propyl). 1 -butyl (w-butyl). 1 -methylpropyl (scc-butyl). 2-methylpropyl ( / .so-butyl). 1,1 -dimethylethyl (tert-butyl), 1 -pentyl (w-pcntyl). The alkyl is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond.

[0063] The term "Cx y" when used in conjunction with a chemical moiety, such as alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl is meant to include groups that contain from x to y carbons in the chain. For example, the term "Ci-ealkyl" refers to substituted or unsubstituted saturated hydrocarbon groups, including straight-chain alkyl and branched-chain alkyl groups that contain from 1 to 6 carbons. The term -Cx yalkylene- refers to a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene chain with from x to y carbons in the alkylene chain. For example -Ci-6alkylene- may be selected from methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, and hexylene, any one of which is optionally substituted.

[0064] "Alkoxy" refers to a radical bonded through an oxygen atom of the formula -o-alkyl, where alkyl is an alkyl chain as defined above.

[0065] "Alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C12 alkenyl). In certain embodiments, an alkenyl comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C^-Cs alkenyl). In certain embodiments, an alkenyl comprises two to six carbon atoms (i.e., CS-Ce alkenyl). In other embodiments, an alkenyl comprises two to four carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C4 alkenyl). The alkenyl is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, for example, ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), prop-l-enyl (i.e., allyl), but-l-enyl, pent-l-enyl, penta- 1,4-dienyl, and the like.

[0066] "Alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C12 alkynyl). In certain embodiments, an alkynyl comprises two to eight carbon-10-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT atoms (z.e., C2-C8 alkynyl). In other embodiments, an alkynyl comprises two to six carbon atoms (z.e., C2-C6 alkynyl). In other embodiments, an alkynyl comprises two to four carbon atoms (z.e., C2-C4 alkynyl). The alkynyl is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, for example, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like.

[0067] The terms "Cx.yalkenyl" and "Cx.yalkynyl" refer to substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond, respectively. The term -Cx.yalkenylene- refers to a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene chain with from x to y carbons in the alkenylene chain. For example, -C2-6alkenylene- may be selected from ethenylene, propenylene, butenylene, pentenylene, and hexenylene, any one of which is optionally substituted. An alkenylene chain may have one double bond or more than one double bond in the alkenylene chain. The term -Cx.yalkynylene- refers to a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene chain with from x to y carbons in the alkenylene chain. For example, -C2-6alkenylene- may be selected from ethynylene, propynylene, butynylene, pentynylene, and hexynylene, any one of which is optionally substituted. An alkynylene chain may have one triple bond or more than one triple bond in the alkynylene chain.

[0068] "Alkylene" or "alkylene chain" refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing no unsaturation, and preferably having from one to twelve carbon atoms, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, w-butylcnc. and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain. In certain embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to ten carbon atoms (i.e., Ci-Cs alkylene). In certain embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to eight carbon atoms i.e., Ci-Cs alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to five carbon atoms i.e., C1-C5 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to four carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C4 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to three carbon atoms (i.e., Ci- C3 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to two carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C2 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one carbon atom (i.e., Ci alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises five to eight carbon atoms (i.e., Cs-Cs alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises two to five carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C5 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises three to five carbon atoms (i.e., C3-C5 alkylene).

[0069] "Alkenylene" or "alkenylene chain" refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms. The alkenylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkenylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain. In certain embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C10 alkenylene). In certain embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C8 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to five carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C5-11-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to four carbon atoms (z. e., C2-C4 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two to three carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C3 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises two carbon atoms (i.e., C2 alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises five to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C--Cx alkenylene). In other embodiments, an alkenylene comprises three to five carbon atoms (i.e., C3-C5 alkenylene).

[0070] "Alkynylene" or "alkynylene chain" refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and preferably having from two to twelve carbon atoms. The alkynylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkynylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group may be through any two carbons within the chain. In certain embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C10 alkynylene). In certain embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to eight carbon atoms (i.e., CS-Cx alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to five carbon atoms (i. e. , C2-C5 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to four carbon atoms (i. e. , C2-C4 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two to three carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C3 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises two carbon atoms (i.e., C2 alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises five to eight carbon atoms (i.e., C--Cx alkynylene). In other embodiments, an alkynylene comprises three to five carbon atoms (i.e., C3-C5 alkynylene).

[0071] "Aryl" refers to a radical derived from an aromatic monocyclic or aromatic multicyclic hydrocarbon ring system by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring carbon atom. The aromatic monocyclic or aromatic multicyclic hydrocarbon ring system contains only hydrogen and carbon and from five to eighteen carbon atoms, where at least one of the rings in the ring system is aromatic, i.e., it contains a cyclic, delocalized (4n+2) K-clectron system in accordance with the Htickel theory. The ring system from which aryl groups are derived include, but are not limited to, groups such as benzene, fluorene, indane, indene, tetralin and naphthalene.

[0072] "Aralkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Rc-aryl where Rcis an alkylene chain as defined above, for example, methylene, ethylene, and the like.

[0073] "Aralkenyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Rd-aryl where Rdis an alkenylene chain as defined above. "Aralkynyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Re-aryl, where Reis an alkynylene chain as defined above.

[0074] "Carbocycle" refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring in which each atom of the ring is carbon. Carbocycle may include 3- to 10-membered monocyclic rings, 6- to 12-membered bicyclic rings, and 6- to 12-membered bridged rings. Each ring of a bicyclic carbocycle may be selected from saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic rings. In some embodiments, the carbocycle is an aryl. In some embodiments, the carbocycle is a cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the carbocycle is a cycloalkenyl. In an exemplary embodiment, an aromatic ring, e.g., phenyl, may be fused to a saturated or unsaturated ring, e.g., cyclohexane, cyclopentane, or cyclohexene. Any combination of saturated, unsaturated and aromatic bicyclic rings, as-12-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT valence permits, are included in the definition of carbocyclic. Exemplary carbocycles include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, adamantyl, phenyl, indanyl, and naphthyl.

[0075] "Cycloalkyl" refers to a stable fully saturated monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which includes fused or bridged ring systems, and preferably having from three to twelve carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkyl comprises three to ten carbon atoms. In other embodiments, a cycloalkyl comprises five to seven carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl may be attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkyls include, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic cycloalkyl radicals include, for example, adamantyl, norbomyl (z.e., bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl), norbomenyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like.

[0076] "Cycloalkenyl" refers to a stable unsaturated non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which includes fused or bridged ring systems, preferably having from three to twelve carbon atoms and comprising at least one double bond. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkenyl comprises three to ten carbon atoms. In other embodiments, a cycloalkenyl comprises five to seven carbon atoms. The cycloalkenyl may be attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkenyls include, e.g., cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and cyclooctenyl.

[0077] "Cycloalkylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Rc-cycloalkyl where Rcis an alkylene chain as described above.

[0078] "Cycloalkylalkoxy" refers to a radical bonded through an oxygen atom of the formula -O- Rc-cycloalkyl where Rcis an alkylene chain as described above.

[0079] "Halo" or "halogen" refers to halogen substituents such as bromo, chloro, fluoro and iodo substituents.

[0080] As used herein, the term "haloalkyl" or "haloalkane" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halogen radicals, for example, trifluoromethyl, dichloromethyl, bromomethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1 -fluoromethyl -2 -fluoroethyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the alkyl part of the fluoroalkyl radical is optionally further substituted. Examples of halogen substituted alkanes ("haloalkanes") include halomethane (e.g., chloromethane, bromomethane, fluoromethane, iodomethane), di-and trihalomethane (e.g., trichloromethane, tribromomethane, trifluoromethane, triiodomethane), 1-haloethane, 2- haloethane, 1,2-dihaloethane, 1-halopropane, 2-halopropane, 3-halopropane, 1,2-dihalopropane, 1,3- dihalopropane, 2,3-dihalopropane, 1,2,3-trihalopropane, and any other suitable combinations of alkanes (or substituted alkanes) and halogens (e.g., Cl, Br, F, I, etc.). When an alkyl group is substituted with more than one halogen radicals, each halogen may be independently selected e.g., 1 -chloro, 2-fluoroethane.

[0081] "Fluoroalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more fluoro radicals, for example, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1 -fluoromethyl -2 -fluoroethyl, and the like.

[0082] "Heterocycle" refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring comprising one or more heteroatoms. Exemplary heteroatoms include N, O, Si, P, B, and S atoms. Heterocycles include 3- to 10-membered-13-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT monocyclic rings, 6- to 12-membered bicyclic rings, and 6- to 12-membered bridged rings. Each ring of a bicyclic heterocycle may be selected from saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic rings. In some embodiments, the heterocycle is a heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the heterocycle is a heterocycloalkyl. "Heterocyclene" refers to a divalent heterocycle linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group

[0083] "Heterocycloalkyl" refers to a stable 3- to 12-membered non-aromatic ring radical that comprises two to twelve carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom wherein each heteroatom may be selected from N, O, Si, P, B, and S atoms. The heterocycloalkyl may be selected from monocyclic or bicyclic, and fused or bridged ring systems. The heteroatoms in the heterocycloalkyl radical are optionally oxidized. One or more nitrogen atoms, if present, are optionally quatemized. The heterocycloalkyl radical is partially or fully saturated. The heterocycloalkyl is attached to the rest of the molecule through any atom of the heterocycloalkyl, valence permitting, such as any carbon or nitrogen atoms of the heterocycloalkyl. Examples of heterocycloalkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyl, thienyl[l,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl.

[0084] "Heterocycloalkylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Rc-heterocycloalkyl where Rcis an alkylene chain as defined above. If the heterocycloalkyl is a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, the heterocycloalkyl is optionally attached to the alkylene chain at the nitrogen atom.

[0085] "Heteroaryl" or "aromatic heterocycle" refers to a radical derived from a 3- to 12-membered aromatic ring radical that comprises one to eleven carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom wherein each heteroatom may be selected from N, O, and S. As used herein, the heteroaryl ring may be selected from monocyclic or bicyclic and fused or bridged ring systems rings wherein at least one of the rings in the ring system is aromatic, z.e., it contains a cyclic, delocalized (4n+2) K-cIcctron system in accordance with the Htickel theory. The heteroatom(s) in the heteroaryl radical may be optionally oxidized. One or more nitrogen atoms, if present, are optionally quatemized. The heteroaryl may be attached to the rest of the molecule through any atom of the heteroaryl, valence permitting, such as a carbon or nitrogen atom of the heteroaryl. Examples of heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzindolyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzo [d]thiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzo[6][l,4]dioxepinyl, benzo[b][l,4]oxazinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl (benzothiophenyl), benzothieno [3 ,2-d]pyrimidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzo [4,6]imidazo [ 1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, cyclopenta[d]pyrimidinyl, 6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, 5,6-dihydrobenzo[h]quinazolinyl, 5,6-dihydrobenzo[h]cinnolinyl, 6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[l,2- c]pyridazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, furanonyl, furo[3,2-c]pyridinyl,5.6.7.8.9.10-hexahydrocycloocta[d]pyrimidinyl, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10-hexahydrocycloocta[d]pyridazinyl,5.6.7.8.9.10-hexahydrocycloocta[d]pyridinyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl,-14-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, 5,8-methano-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, 1,6-naphthyridinonyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, oxiranyl, 5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,10a-octahydrobenzo[h]quinazolinyl, 1 -phenyl- IH-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidinyl, pyridinyl, pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazolinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-cyclohepta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[4,5-c]pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl, thieno[2,3-c]pridinyl, and thiophenyl (i.e. thienyl). An "X-membered heteroaryl" refers to the number of endocylic atoms, i.e., X, in the ring. For example, a 5-membered heteroaryl ring or 5-membered aromatic heterocycle has 5 endocyclic atoms, e.g., triazole, oxazole, thiophene, etc.

[0086] "Heteroarylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -Rc-heteroaryl, where Rcis an alkylene chain as defined above. If the heteroaryl is a nitrogen-containing heteroaryl, the heteroaryl is optionally attached to the alkylene chain at the nitrogen atom.

[0087] The term "amino" as used herein refers to -NH2.

[0088] The terms "hydroxy" and "hydroxyl" refer to -OH.

[0089] The term "oxo" as used herein refers to an "=O" group. It can also be abbreviated herein as C(O) or as C=O.

[0090] The term "substituted" refers to moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons or substitutable heteroatoms, e.g., NH, of the structure. It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. In certain embodiments, substituted refers to moieties having substituents replacing two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon atom, such as substituting the two hydrogen atoms on a single carbon with an oxo, imino or thioxo group. As used herein, the term "substituted" is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In abroad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and / or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.

[0091] In some embodiments, substituents may include any substituents described herein, for example: halogen, hydroxy, oxo (=0), thioxo (=S), cyano (-CN), nitro (-NO2), imino (=N-H), oximo (=N-0H), hydrazino(=NNH2), -Rb-ORa, -Rb-OC(O)-Ra, -Rb-OC(O)-ORa, -Rb-OC(O)-N(Ra)2, -Rb-N(Ra)2, -Rb-C(O)Ra, - Rb-C(O)ORa, -Rb-C(O)N(Ra)2, -Rb-O-Rc-C(O)N(Ra)2, -Rb-N(Ra)C(O)ORa, -Rb-N(Ra)C(O)Ra, -Rb-N(Ra)S(O)t-15-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTRa(where t is 1 or 2), -Rb-S(O)tRa(where t is 1 or 2), -Rb-S(O)tORa(where t is 1 or 2), and -Rb-S(0)tN(Ra)2 (where t is 1 or 2); and alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl any of which may be optionally substituted by alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, oxo (=0), thioxo (=S), cyano (-CN), nitro (-NO2), imino (=N-H), oximo (=N-0H), hydrazine (=NNH2), -Rb-0Ra, -Rb-0C(0)-Ra, -Rb-0C(0)-0Ra, -Rb-0C(0)-N(Ra)2, -Rb-N(Ra)2, -Rb-C(0)Ra, -Rb-C(0)0 Ra, -Rb-C(0)N(Ra)2, -Rb-0-Rc-C(0)N(Ra)2, -Rb-N(Ra)C(0)0Ra, -Rb-N(Ra)C(0)Ra, -Rb-N(Ra)S(0)tRa(where t is 1 or 2), -Rb-S(O)tRa(where t is 1 or 2), -Rb-S(O)tORa(where t is 1 or 2) and -Rb-S(0)tN(Ra)2 (where t is 1 or 2); wherein each Rais independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, wherein each Ra, valence permitting, may be optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, oxo (=0), thioxo (=S), cyano (-CN), nitro (-NO2), imino (=N-H), oximo (=N-0H), hydrazine (=N-NH2), -Rb-0Ra, -Rb-0C(0)-Ra, -Rb-0C(0)-0Ra, -Rb-0C(0)-N(Ra)2, -Rb-N(Ra)2, -Rb-C(0)Ra, -Rb-C(0)0Ra, -Rb-C(0)N(Ra)2, -Rb-0-Rc-C(0)N(Ra)2, -Rb-N(Ra)C(0)0Ra, -Rb-N(Ra)C(0)Ra, -Rb-N(Ra)S(0)tRa(where t is 1 or 2), -Rb-S(O)tRa(where t is 1 or 2), -Rb-S(O)tORa(where t is 1 or 2) and -Rb-S(0)tN(Ra)2 (where t is 1 or 2); and wherein each Rbis independently selected from a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene chain, and each Rcis a straight or branched alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene chain.

[0092] As used herein, the term "unsubstituted" means that the specified group bears no substituents beyond the moiety recited (e.g., where valency is satisfied by hydrogen).

[0093] "Isomers" are different compounds that have the same molecular formula. "Stereoisomers" are isomers that differ only in the way the atoms are arranged in space. "Enantiomers" are a pair of stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other. A 1 : 1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a "racemic" mixture. The term "(±)" is used to designate a racemic mixture where appropriate. "Diastereoisomers" or "diastereomers" are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms but are not mirror images of each other. The absolute stereochemistry is specified according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog R-S system. When a compound is a pure enantiomer, the stereochemistry at each chiral carbon can be specified by either R or S. Resolved compounds whose absolute configuration is unknown can be designated (+) or (-) depending on the direction (dextro- or levorotatory) in which they rotate plane polarized light at the wavelength of the sodium D line. Certain compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and can thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms, the asymmetric centers of which can be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-. The present chemical entities, pharmaceutical compositions and methods are meant to include all such possible stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures, optically pure forms, mixtures of diastereomers and intermediate mixtures. Optically active (R)- and (S)- isomers can be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents or resolved using conventional techniques. The optical activity of a compound can be analyzed via any suitable method, including but not limited to chiral-16-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT chromatography and polarimetry, and the degree of predominance of one stereoisomer over the other isomer can be determined.

[0094] In certain embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. The term "stereoisomers" may refer to the set of compounds which have the same number and type of atoms and share the same bond connectivity between those atoms but differ in three-dimensional structure. The term "stereoisomer" may refer to any member of this set of compounds. For instance, a stereoisomer may be an enantiomer or a diastereomer. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the disclosure as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present disclosure.

[0095] When stereochemistry is not specified, certain molecules described herein include isomers, such as enantiomers and diastereomers, mixtures of enantiomers, including racemates, mixtures of diastereomers, and other mixtures thereof, to the extent they can be made by one of ordinary skill in the art by routine experimentation. In certain embodiments, the single enantiomers or diastereomers, i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of the racemates or mixtures of diastereomers. Resolution of the racemates or mixtures of diastereomers, if possible, can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example, a chiral high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) column. Furthermore, a mixture of two enantiomers enriched in one of the two can be purified to provide further optically enriched form of the major enantiomer by recrystallization and / or trituration.

[0096] In certain embodiments, the chiral centers of the present disclosure may have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations.

[0097] The term "radical of a compound" as used herein refers to a structure derived from a parent compound by removal of one or more atoms, e.g., hydrogen atoms. In one embodiment, a "radical of a compound" is a monovalent radical derived from the removal of one hydrogen atom from the parent compound.

[0098] It is to be understood that certain radical naming conventions can include either a mono-radical or a di-radical, depending on the context. For example, where a substituent requires two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule, it is understood that the substituent is a di-radical . For example, a substituent identified as alkyl that requires two points of attachment includes di-radicals such as -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, - CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, and the like. Other radical naming conventions clearly indicate that the radical is a di- radical such as "alkylene," "alkenylene," "arylene," and the like.

[0099] Wherever a substituent is depicted as a di-radical (z. e. , has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule), it is to be understood that the substituent can be attached in any directional configuration unless otherwise indicated.

[0100] A "tautomer" refers to a molecule wherein a proton shift from one atom of a molecule to another atom of the same molecule is possible. The compounds presented herein, in certain embodiments, exist as tautomers. In circumstances where tautomerization is possible, a chemical equilibrium of the tautomers will-17-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT exist. The exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including physical state, temperature, solvent, and pH. Some examples of tautomeric equilibrium include:

[0101] "Stable compound" and "stable structure" may indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.

[0102] The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrastemal injection and infusion.

[0103] The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and / or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit / risk ratio.

[0104] The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" or "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the patient. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as com starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, com oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene-18-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.

[0105] The term "carrier," as used in this disclosure, may encompass carriers, excipients, and diluents and may mean a material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a pharmaceutical agent, such as one or more compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates (e.g., hydrates), isomers (e.g., stereoisomers), and tautomers thereof, of the disclosure, from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body of a subject. Carriers should be selected on the basis of compatibility and the release profile properties of the desired dosage form. Exemplary carrier materials may include, e.g., adjuvants, binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, diluents, spray-dried dispersions, and the like. See, e.g., Hoover, John E., Remington ’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975. Exemplary carrier materials may also include without limitation any adjuvant, excipient, glidant, sweetening agent, diluent, preservative, dye / colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or emulsifier which has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration as being acceptable for use in humans or domestic animals.

[0106] The terms "pharmaceutically acceptable" or "pharmacologically acceptable" may refer to a material which is not biologically, or otherwise, undesirable — the material may be administered to an individual without causing any substantially undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.

[0107] A "pharmaceutical composition" may refer to a formulation of a compound of the disclosure and a medium generally accepted in the art for the delivery of the biologically active compound to a subject, e.g., mammals or humans. Such a medium may include all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefor.

[0108] The terms "subject," "individual," and "patient" may be used interchangeably and refer to non-human mammals (e.g., non-human primates, canines, equines, felines, porcines, bovines, ungulates, lagomorphs, and the like).

[0109] As used herein, the phrase "a subject in need thereof' refers to a subject, as described infra, that suffers from, or is at risk for, a pathology to be prophylactically or therapeutically treated with a compound or salt described herein.

[0110] The terms "administer", "administered", "administers" and "administering" are defined as providing a composition to a subject via a route known in the art, including but not limited to intravenous, intraarterial, oral, parenteral, buccal, topical, transdermal, rectal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intraosseous, transmucosal, or intraperitoneal routes of administration. In certain embodiments, oral routes of administering a composition can be used.-19-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0111] The term "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" refers to that amount of a compound or salt described herein that is sufficient to affect the intended application including but not limited to disease treatment, as defined below. The therapeutically effective amount may vary depending upon the intended application (in vitro or in vivo), or the subject and disease condition being treated, e.g., the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of administration and the like, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. The term can also apply to a dose that can induce a particular response in target cells, e.g., reduction of proliferation or down regulation of activity of a target protein. The specific dose can vary depending on the particular compounds chosen, the dosing regimen to be followed, whether it is administered in combination with other compounds, timing of administration, the tissue to which it is administered, and the physical delivery system in which it is carried.

[0112] As used herein, "treatment" or "treating" refers to an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results with respect to a disease, disorder, or medical condition including, but not limited to, a therapeutic benefit and / or a prophylactic benefit. In certain embodiments, treatment or treating involves administering a compound or composition disclosed herein to a subject. In some embodiments, a therapeutic benefit may include alleviating, abating or ameliorating symptoms of a disease or condition, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition either prophylactically and / or therapeutically.

[0113] In some embodiments, the therapeutic benefit includes the eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated. In some embodiments, the therapeutic benefit includes the the eradication or amelioration of one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with the underlying disorder, such as observing an improvement in the subject, notwithstanding that the subject may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder. In certain embodiments, for prophylactic benefit, the compounds or compositions are administered to a subject at risk of developing a particular disease, or to a subject exhibiting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease may not have been made. Treating can include, for example, reducing, delaying or alleviating the severity of one or more symptoms of the disease or condition, or it can include reducing the frequency with which symptoms of a disease, defect, disorder, or adverse condition, and the like, are experienced by a patient. Treating can be used herein to refer to a method that results in some level of treatment or amelioration of the disease or condition and can contemplate a range of results directed to that end, including but not restricted to prevention of the condition entirely.

[0114] In certain embodiments, the term "prevent" or "preventing" as related to a disease or disorder may refer to a compound that, in a statistical sample, reduces the occurrence of the disorder or condition in the treated sample relative to an untreated control sample, or delays the onset or reduces the severity of one or more symptoms of the disorder or condition relative to the untreated control sample.-20-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0115] In certain embodiments, the terms "disease" and "condition" may be used interchangeably or may be different in that the particular malady or condition may not have a known causative agent (so that etiology has not yet been worked out) and it is therefore not yet recognized as a disease but only as an undesirable condition or syndrome, wherein a more or less specific set of symptoms have been identified by clinicians.Compounds of the Disclosure

[0116] Generally, the present disclosure provides compounds having a structure according to Formulae I, II, and III:

[0117] In some embodiments, such compounds exhibit affinity, inhibitory activity, or both toward the canine JAK1 subtype, and may be useful for treating diseases and disorders mediated by the canine JAK1 subtype, such as canine atopic dermatitis. In some embodiments, a compound according to Formula I exhibits selectivity for the canine JAK1 subtype relative to other canine JAK subtypes, such as cJAK2, cJAK3, canine Tyrosine Kinase 2 (cTYK2), or combinations thereof. As described herein, such activity and selectivity may be desirable in providing a companion animal therapeutic agent with improved tolerability relative to known companion animal therapeutic agents for the treatment of e.g., canine atopic dermatitis, and may provide the potential for once daily dosing.

[0118] Accordingly, in one aspect is provide a compound having a structure according to Formula I:-21-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTwherein:Z is CH orN;Ri is H or CH3;R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; orRi and R2, together with the included N atom, form a 4-, 5- or 6-membered ring, wherein said 6-membered ring optionally includes one additional heteroatom selected from N and O;R3 is independently selected for each occurrence from the group consisting of F, Cl, -OCH3, CH3 and -CF3; x is 0, 1, or 2; y is 0 or 1; and z is 1 or 2.

[0119] In some embodiments, Ri is H.

[0120] In some embodiments, Ri is CH3.

[0121] In some embodiments, R2 is H.

[0122] In some embodiments, R2 is C1-C4 alkyl.

[0123] In some embodiments, Ri and R2 are each CH3.

[0124] In some embodiments, Ri is H and R2 is CH3.

[0125] In some embodiments, x is 0.

[0126] In some embodiments, x is 1 or 2, and R3 is independently selected for each occurrence from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3.

[0127] In some embodiments, x is 1 and R3 is F or Cl.

[0128] In some embodiments, x is 2.

[0129] In some embodiments, one instance of R3 is F and the other instance of R3 is Cl.

[0130] In some embodiments, both instances of R3 are F.

[0131] In some embodiments, both instances of R3 are Cl.

[0132] In some embodiments, y is 0 and z is 1.

[0133] In some embodiments, y is 0 and z is 2.

[0134] In some embodiments, y is 1 and z is 1.-22-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0135] In some embodiments, y is 1 and z is 2.

[0136] In some embodiments, Z is CH.

[0137] In some embodiments, Z is N.

[0138] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a structure according to Formula la:

[0139] In some embodiments, Ri is H or CH3; R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; and R3 is F, Cl, or -CF3.

[0140] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a structure according to Formula lb:

[0141] In some embodiments, Ri is H or CH3; R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; and each R3 is independently F or Cl.

[0142] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a structure according to Formula Ic, Id, le, orIf:-23-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0143] In some embodiments, Ri is H or CH3; R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; and R3 is F, Cl, or -CF3; where more than one R3 is present, each R3 is independently selected from F, Cl, and CF3.

[0144] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I has a structure according to Formula Ig:

[0145] In some embodiments, Ri is H or CH3; R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; and R3 is F, Cl, or -CF3.

[0146] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is selected from the group consisting of:-24-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0147] Exemplary, non-limiting, compounds of the disclosure according to Formula I include those in Table 1. Accordingly, in some embodiments, a compound of Formula I is selected from any of the compounds in Table 1.Table 1. Compounds of Formula I-25-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-26-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-27-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-28-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-29-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-30-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-31-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-32-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-33-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-34-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-35-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-36-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-37-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-38-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-39-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-40-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-41-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-42-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-43-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-44-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-45-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-46-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-47-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-48-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-49-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-50-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-51-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-52-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-53-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-54-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-55-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-56-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0148] In another aspect is provided a compound having a structure according to Formula (II):wherein:X is CH2or C=O; andR4 is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted thiazole-2-yl.

[0149] In some embodiments,

[0150] In some embodiments, X is C=O; and R4 is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl or optionally substituted cyclopropyl.-57-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0151] In some embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, the C1-C4 alkyl is substituted with one or more deuterium atoms or one or more fluorine atoms.

[0152] In some embodiments, R is methyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl.

[0153] In some embodiments, R is -CD3, -CH2CHF2, or -CH2CF3.

[0154] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II is selected from the group consisting of:

[0155] Exemplary, non-limiting, compounds of the disclosure according to Formula II include those in Table2. Accordingly, in some embodiments, a compound of Formula II is selected from any of the compounds inTable 2.-58-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTTable 2. Compounds of Formula II-59-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-60-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-61-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-62-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT-63-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0156] In a further aspect is provided a compound having a stmcture according to Formula (III):wherein Rs is C1-C4 alkyl, cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted thiazole-2-yl.

[0157] In some embodiments,

[0158] Accordingly, in some embodiments, a compound of Formula III has the structure:-64-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT(Compound 4).Pharmacological profile of compounds of the disclosure

[0159] Compounds of Formula I, Formula II, and Formula III generally possess inhibitory activity toward one or more Janus Kinase (JAK) subtypes. The effect of compounds on the JAK enzyme and / or animal can be determined or measured. Methods for determining JAK activity include those described in the Examples of the present disclosure as well as those disclosed in WO1999 / 65908, WO1999 / 65909, WO2001 / 42246, W02002 / 00661, W02002 / 096909, W02004 / 046112 or W02007 / 012953, the content of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

[0160] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III has a JAK1 activity, such as binding affinity, as measured by enzyme binding IC50, of less than about 1 micromole, such as less than about 500 nM, less than 250 nM, less than 100 nM, or less than 50 nM. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III binds to JAK1 with an IC50 between about 25 and about 100 nM, between about 100 and about 250 nM, between about 250 and about 500 nM, or between about 500 and about 1000 nM. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III has human JAK1 activity, canine JAK1 activity, or both.

[0161] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III exhibits binding selectivity toward JAK-1 relative to other enzymes, such as other JAK subtypes. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III has selectivity for JAK-1 over JAK-2 on the order of about 5 -fold or greater, or about 10-fold or greater, such as from about 5 or about 10 to about 20, about 50, or about 100-fold. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is selective for human JAK-1. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is selective for canine JAK-1. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is selective for both human and canine JAK-1.

[0162] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I is selective toward functional inhibition of JAK-1 (canine, human, or both). In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III has selectivity for JAK-1 inhibition over JAK-2 inhibition on the order of about 5 -fold or greater, or about 10-fold or greater, such as from about 5 or about 10 to about 20, about 50, or about 100-fold.-65-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTPreparation of Compounds of the Disclosure

[0163] Compounds of the present disclosure may be prepared by methods known in the art of organic synthesis as set forth in part by the synthetic schemes in the following description, examples, and Figures in conjunction with the guidance provided herein. In the schemes described below and provided in the Figures, it is understood that protecting groups for sensitive or reactive groups may be employed where necessary in accordance with general principles or chemistry in accordance with the guidance provided herein. Protecting groups may be manipulated according to standard methods of organic synthesis (T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” Third edition, Wiley, New York 1999). These groups may be removed at a convenient stage of the compound synthesis using methods that are readily apparent to those skilled in the art based on the detailed teaching provided herein. The selection processes, as well as the reaction conditions and order of their execution, shall be consistent with the present disclosure.

[0164] Generally, the methods of preparing compounds of the present disclosure comprise combinations of reactions and conditions. Schemes 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 illustrate representative, non-limiting alternative strategies for preparation of compounds of Formula I, II, and III. Each aspect of the preparative methods according to Schemes 1-5 are discussed further herein below. The reactions in the schemes can be performed through chemical reactions using standard synthetic chemistry procedures and practices as known in the art or described herein. In each of Schemes 1-5, substituents Ri, R2, R3, R4, and Rs and variables x, y, and z are each as described herein above with respect to Formulae I to III.

[0165] In some embodiments, a compound of the disclosure has a structure according to Formula I. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I is prepared according to exemplary Scheme 1. With reference to Scheme 1, a ketolactam 1 is allowed to react with a protected piperazine 2 under reductive amination conditions to provide an aminolactam 3. Suitable reductive amination conditions include but are not limited to reaction in the presence of a mild reducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride. Suitable protecting groups include carbamates such as t-butyl and benzyl carbamate. A particularly suitable protecting group is t-butylcarbamate (BOC). In some embodiments, the aminolactam 3 is N-deprotected to provide piperazine 4, which is alkylated with optionally protected 4-chloro-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine 5 to provide pyrrolopyrimidine 6. A particularly suitable protecting group for 4- chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine is trimethylsilylethoxy (SEM). The optionally protected pyrrolopyrimidine 6 is then arylated with bromo sulfonamide 7 in the presence of a palladium catalyst and subsequently N-deprotected to form a compound of Formula I (8). With continued reference to Scheme 1, in another embodiment, a compound of Formula I (8) is prepared from aminolactam 3 by arylation with bromobenzenesulfonamide 7 in the presence of a palladium catalyst and subsequent N-deprotection to form piperaine 9, which is alkylated with 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine 10 to provide a compound of Formula I (8).Scheme 1-66-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0166] With continued reference to Scheme 1, both exemplary synthetic routes utilize a bromobenzenesulfonamide intermediate 7. Such compounds 7 may be prepared according to Scheme 2. With reference to exemplary Scheme 2, bromobenzenesulfonamide intermediates 7 may generally be prepared by allowing a commercially available or readily prepared bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride 11 to react with an amine 12 in the presence of a suitable base, such as pyridine or a non-nucleophilic amine, to form a bromobenzenesulfonamide 7.Scheme 2

[0167] With reference to Schemes 1 and 2, in some embodiments, amine 12 is a primary amine. In some embodiments, amine 12 is a secondary amine. In some embodiments, amine 12 is a primary or secondary alkyl amine, benzylic amine, aryl amine, or heterocycloalkylamine.

[0168] In some embodiments, Ri is H.

[0169] In some embodiments, Ri is CH3.

[0170] In some embodiments, R2 is H.

[0171] In some embodiments, R2 is C1-C4 alkyl.

[0172] In some embodiments, R2 is CH3.

[0173] In some embodiments, Ri is H and R2 is CH3

[0174] In some embodiments, Ri and R2 are each CH3.

[0175] In some embodiments, R2 is C3-C5 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Ri is H and R2 is C3-C5 cycloalkyl.-67-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0176] In some embodiments, Ri and R2, together with the included N atom, form a 4-, 5- or 6-membered ring, wherein said 6-membered ring optionally includes one additional heteroatom selected from N and O.

[0177] In some embodiments, x is 0.

[0178] In some embodiments, x is 1 or 2, and R3 is independently selected for each occurrence from the group consisting of F, Cl, and CF3.

[0179] In some embodiments, x is 1 and R3 is F or Cl.

[0180] In some embodiments, x is 2.

[0181] In some embodiments, x is 2, and R3 is independently selected for each occurrence from F, Cl, -OCH3, CH, and -CF3.

[0182] In some embodiments, x is 2, and one instance of R3 is F, and the other instance of R3 is Cl.

[0183] In some embodiments, x is 2, and both instances of R3 are F.

[0184] In some embodiments, x is 2, and both instances of R3 are Cl.

[0185] Amine components 12 may be commercially available or may be readily obtained by standard synthetic procedures.

[0186] With reference to Scheme 1, the ring size of ketolactam 1 may vary. For example, ketolactam 1 may have a 5, a six, or a seven-membered lactam ring. Accordingly, in some embodiments, y is 0 and z is 1. In some embodiments, y is 0 and z is 2. In some embodiments, y is 1 and z is 1. In some embodiments, y is 1 and z is 2.

[0187] In some embodiments, a compound of the disclosure has a structure according to Formula II wherein X is C=O. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula II wherein X is C=O is prepared according to exemplary Scheme 3. With reference to Scheme 3, bromophthalic anhydride 13 is condensed with an amine 14 to form a bromophthalimide 15. Bromophthalimide 15 is then amidated with pyrrolopyrimidine 6 (Scheme 1) in the presence of a suitable catalyst (e.g., a palladium compound) followed by N-deprotection to provide a compound according to Formula II (16).Scheme 316-68-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0188] In some embodiments, a compound of the disclosure has a structure according to Formula II wherein X is CH2. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula II wherein X is CH2 is prepared according to exemplary Scheme 4. With reference to Scheme 4, bromophthalimide 15 (Scheme 3) is partially reduced to form a lactam 17. The lactam 17 is then amidated with piperazine 3 (Scheme 1) in the presence of a copper or palladium catalyst followed by N-deprotection to provide piperazine 18. Piperazine 18 is then alkylated with 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine 10 to provide a compound of Formula II where X is CH2 (19).Scheme 4

[0189] With continued referemce to Schemes 3 and 4, in some embodiments, R is optionally substituted Ci- C4 alkyl, optionally substituted cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted thiazole-2-yl.

[0190] In some embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl or optionally substituted cyclopropyl.

[0191] In some embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, the C1-C4 alkyl is substituted with one or more deuterium atoms or one or more fluorine atoms. In some embodiments, R is methyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl. In some embodiments, R is -CD3, -CH2CHF2, or -CH2CF3.

[0192] In some embodiments, R is cyclopropyl.

[0193] In some embodiments, R4 is an optionally substituted thiazole. In some embodiments, R is

[0194] In some embodiments, a compound of the disclosure has a structure according to Formula III. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula III is prepared according to exemplary Scheme 5. With reference to Scheme 5, aminolactam 3 (Scheme 1) is arylated with bromolactam 20 in the presence of a suitable catalyst (e.g., a palladium compound) to provide lactam 21. Lactam 21 is then N-arylated with bromothiazole 22 in the presence of a suitable catalyst (e.g., a palladium compound) to provide thiazole 23. N-deprotection of 23 and alkylation of resulting piperazine 24 with 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine 10 then provides a compound of Formula III (25).Scheme 5-69-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTIsotopes and Isotopically Labeled Compounds

[0195] The compounds described herein may exhibit their natural isotopic abundance, or one or more of the atoms may be artificially enriched in a particular isotope having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number predominantly found in nature. All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present disclosure, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure. Accordingly, reference to a certain element is meant to include all isotopes of that element. For example, if an R group is defined to include hydrogen or H, it also includes isotopes thereof. For example, hydrogen has three naturally occurring isotopes, denoted(protium),2H (deuterium), and3H (tritium). Protium is the most abundant isotope of hydrogen in nature. Enriching for deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages, such as increased in vivo half-life and / or exposure, or may provide a compound useful for investigating in vivo routes of drug elimination and metabolism. Isotopically enriched compounds may be prepared by conventional techniques well known to those skilled in the art.

[0196] The compounds described herein further include all pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled compounds. An "isotopically" or "radio-labeled" compound may be a compound where one or more atoms are replaced or substituted by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature (i.e., naturally occurring). For example, in some embodiments, in the compounds described herein hydrogen atoms are replaced or substituted by one or more deuterium or tritium.

[0197] Certain isotopically labeled compounds of this disclosure, for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope, may be useful in drug and / or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e.,3H, and carbon 14, i.e.,14C, may be particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection. Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e.,2H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. In some embodiments, the compound comprises at least one deuterium atom. For example, one or more hydrogen atoms in a compound of the present disclosure can be replaced or substituted by deuterium. In some embodiments, the compound comprises two or more deuterium atoms. In some embodiments, the compound comprises 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 deuterium atoms. Suitable isotopes that may be incorporated in compounds described herein include but are not limited to2H (also written as D for deuterium),3H (also written as T for tritium),nC,13C,14C,13N,15N,150,17O,18O,18F,35S,36C1,82Br,75Br,76Br,77Br,1231,124I,125I,-70-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT and131I. Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such asnC,18F,150, and13N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies.

[0198] Isotopically labelled versions of the compounds disclosed herein can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and / or in the Examples herein, by substituting an appropriate isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.Isomers

[0199] In some embodiments, compounds of the disclosure may be enriched to provide predominantly one enantiomer of a compound described herein. An enantiomerically enriched mixture may comprise, for example, at least 60 mol percent of one enantiomer, or at least 75, at least 80, at least 85, at least 90, at least 95, at least 96, at least 97, at least 98, at least 99, at least 99.5 or even 100 mol percent. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein enriched in one enantiomer may be substantially free of the other enantiomer, wherein substantially free may mean that the substance in question makes up less than 10%, or less than 5%, or less than 4%, or less than 3%, or less than 2%, or less than 1% as compared to the amount of the other enantiomer, e.g., in the compound mixture. For example, if a compound mixture contains 98 grams of a first enantiomer and 2 grams of a second enantiomer, it would be said to contain 98 mol percent of the first enantiomer and only 2 mol percent of the second enantiomer.

[0200] In some embodiments, the compounds of the disclosure may be enriched to provide predominantly one diastereomer of a compound disclosed herein. A diastereomerically enriched mixture may comprise, for example, at least 60 mol percent of one diastereomer, or at least 75, at least 80, at least 85, at least 90, at least 95, at least 96, at least 97, at least 98, at least 99, at least 99.5, or even 100 mol percent. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein enriched in one diastereomer may be substantially free of other diastereomers, wherein substantially free may mean that the substance in question makes up less than 10%, or less than 5%, or less than 4%, or less than 3%, or less than 2%, or less than 1% as compared to the amount of other diastereomers, e.g., in the compound mixture.

[0201] Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, by chromatography and / or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers may be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher’s acid chloride), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. Enantiomers can also be separated by use of a chiral HPLC column. Also, some of the compounds of the disclosure may be atropisomers or rotameric forms and are considered as part of this disclosure.Metabolites

[0202] The disclosure herein is also meant to encompass the in vivo metabolic products of the disclosed compounds. Such products may result from, for example, the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, esterification, and the like of the administered compound, primarily due to enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the disclosure may include compounds produced by a process comprising administering a compound of this-71-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT disclosure to a subject, e.g., a mammal, for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof. Such products are typically identified by administering a radiolabeled compound of the disclosure in a detectable dose to subject, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples. Salts and Solvates

[0203] The present disclosure further provides pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates (e.g., hydrates), and combinations thereof of any of the compounds as disclosed herein. The use of the terms "salt," "hydrate," "solvate," and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, hydrate, or solvate of enantiomers, diastereomers, isomers, stereoisomers, retainers, tautomers, positional isomers, or racemates of the disclosed compounds.

[0204] The term "salt" or "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids. Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases. Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt is chosen from ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts. In some embodiments, the "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" may include, e.g., water-soluble and water-insoluble salts, such as the acetate, amsonate (4,4- diaminostilbene-2,2-disulfonate), benzenesulfonate, benzonate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, butyrate, calcium, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, citrate, clavulariate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fiunarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexafluorophosphate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, sethionate, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, magnesium, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, N-methylglucamine ammonium salt, 3 -hydroxy-2 -naphthoate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, l,l-methene-bis-2 -hydroxy-3 - naphthoate, einbonate, pantothenate, phosphate / diphosphate, picrate, polygalacturonate, propionate, p- toluenesulfonate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, sulfosalicylate, suramate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide, and valerate salts.-72-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0205] Suitable anionic salt forms include, but are not limited to acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, benzylate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylateh, carbonate, chloride, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionatei, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate and diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate and disalicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, triethiodide, valerate, and the like.

[0206] Suitable cationic salt forms include, but are not limited to aluminum, benzathine, calcium, ethylene diamine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, potassium, procaine, sodium, tromethamine, zinc, and the like. Suitable cationic salt forms include, but are not limited to benzathine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine, procaine, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like.

[0207] In some embodiments, the salt is selected from the group consisting of acetate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate / carbonate, bisulfate / sulfate, borate, camsylate, citrate, edisylate, etoglutarate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, glycerophosphate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride / chloride, hydrobromide / bromide, hydroiodide / iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulfate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate / hydrogen phosphate / dihydrogen phosphate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tartrate, tosylate, and trifluoroacetate.

[0208] Compounds of the present disclosure also include crystalline and amorphous forms of those compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity, including, for example, polymorphs, pseudopolymorphs, solvates, hydrates, unsolvated polymorphs (including anhydrates), conformational polymorphs, and amorphous forms of the compounds, as well as mixtures thereof.

[0209] Compounds of the disclosure, including their stereoisomers and tautomers, as well as salts of any thereof, may exist as solvates. Often, crystallizations produce a solvate of the compound of the disclosure. As used herein, the term "solvate" may refer to an aggregate that comprises one or more molecules of a compound of the disclosure with one or more molecules of solvent. The solvent may be water, in which case the solvate may be a hydrate. Alternatively, the solvent may be an organic solvent. Thus, the compounds and salts of the present disclosure may exist as a hydrate, including a monohydrate, dihydrate, hemihydrate, sesquihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate and the like, as well as the corresponding solvated forms. The compound of the disclosure may be true solvates, while in other cases the compound of the disclosure may merely retain adventitious water or be a mixture of water plus some adventitious solvent.Pharmaceutical Formulations and Compositions

[0210] A compound of the present disclosure, as well as its salts, solvates, isomers, and the like, can be administered to the subject by itself or in a pharmaceutical composition where it is mixed with one or more-73-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT biologically suitable and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients. The compositions can be in various forms, including, but not limited to, oral formulations, injectable formulations, suppository formulations, and topical, dermal, or subdermal formulations. Selection of an appropriate formulation of a compound as provided herein may be based, e.g., on the physicochemical properties of the compound (and any other optional active agent to be administered), the type of animal being treated, the condition of the animal being treated, and cost.

[0211] Pharmaceutical compositions can comprise at least the compounds or salts described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, stabilizers, dispersing agents, suspending agents, and / or thickening agents. The particular components and the relative amounts of each will vary depending on, for example, the intended route of administration. The compositions can be formulated to contain a single daily dose or a convenient fraction of a daily dose in a dosage unit (e.g., a single tablet, single capsule, convenient volume of liquid / ointment, etc.). The amount of the compound of the formula provided above included within a given composition for use in animal and human health can vary widely. The compound is typically included within a composition in an amount likely to induce the desired effect. Compositions that will be administered to a subject or patient commonly take the form of one or more dosage units, where for example, a tablet may be a single dosage unit, and a container of one or more compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, stereoisomers, or tautomers thereof, in aerosol form may hold a plurality of dosage units.

[0212] Pharmaceutical compositions for use in accordance with the present disclosure may be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries, which facilitate processing of the active compound into preparations, which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and carriers are generally known to those skilled in the art and are thus included in the instant invention. Such excipients and carriers are described, for example, in "Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences" Mack Pub. Co., New Jersey (1991). In general, pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosed compounds may be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilizing processes. The techniques for formulation may be found in references well known to one of ordinary skill in the art, such as "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences," Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, latest edition. Oral dose forms

[0213] The compositions described herein can be formulated for oral administration. When intended for oral administration, pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure typically are either solid or liquid form, where semi solid, semi liquid, suspension and gel forms may be included within the forms considered herein as either solid or liquid.

[0214] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and / or a) fdlers or extenders such as-74-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents. When the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a capsule, for example, a gelatin capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials disclosed herein, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or oil.

[0215] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. In some embodiments, a capsule (a hard capsule or a soft capsule), e.g., a gelatin capsule comprising a compound according to a formula as described herein is provided. A hard gelatin capsule, in some embodiments, can a compound according to a formula as described herein admixed with an inert solid diluent, e.g., a starch, powdered cellulose (e.g., crystalline or microcrystalline cellulose), a sugar (e.g., fructose, mannitol, or sucrose), a grain flour, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, and / or kaolin, enclosed in a capsule. A soft or liquid gelatin capsule, in some embodiments, can comprise a compound according to a formula as described herein mixed with water or a solvent such as propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and / or ethanol or mixed with an oil medium, e.g., peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil, enclosed within a capsule. In some embodiments, such capsules are microcapsules.

[0216] In some embodiments, a composition in tablet form is provided, comprising a compound according to a formula as described herein in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Tablets are generally prepared via direct compression (e.g., wet granulation or dry granulation of ingredients). Excipients known to be suitable for the manufacture of tablets are generally known and include, for example, inert diluents (e.g., starches, lactose, mannitol, powdered sugar, powdered cellulose derivatives, kaolin, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, sodium phosphate, and / or inorganic salts such as sodium chloride); granulating and disintegrating agents (e.g., starch such as com or potato starch, clay, cellulose, methylcellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, algins, and / or alginic acid, agar, bentonite, wood cellulose, powdered natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, guar gum, citrus pulp, and / or sodium lauryl sulfate); binding agents (e.g., starch, gelatin, sugars (e.g., lactose, fructose, glucose, and the like), natural or synthetic gums such as acacia, alginates, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, and the like),-75-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT polyethylene glycol, ethyl cellulose, and / or waxes; and lubricating agents, (e.g., magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, hydrogenated vegetable oil, and / or talc). Tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques (which can serve to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide for sustained action over a longer period of time). For example, in some embodiments, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. Tablets may also be optionally coated by techniques described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,256,108 to Theeuwes; 4, 166,452 to Generales Jr.; and 4,265,874 to Bonsen et al., which are all incorporated herein by reference with respect to the preparation of osmotic therapeutic tablets for controlled release. Troches are an example of tablets, and are typically formulated as small, hard tablets which dissolve slowly when placed under the tongue. Tablets can optionally be coated, e.g., with sugar as a flavorant and sealant or with film-forming protecting agents to modify the dissolution properties of the tablet.

[0217] Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be in the form of a liquid, for example, an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion or suspension. The liquid may be for oral administration or for delivery by injection, as two examples. When intended for oral administration, pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure typically contain, in addition to one or more compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, stereoisomers, or tautomers thereof, one or more of a sweetening agent, preservatives, dye / colorant and flavor enhancer.

[0218] In some embodiments, a composition comprising a compound according to a formula as described herein is provided in the form of an emulsion, e.g., in the form of an oil-in-water or a water-in-oil emulsion. The oily phase of the emulsion may be a vegetable oil, e.g., olive oil or arachis oil or may be a mineral oil, e.g., liquid paraffin, or a mixture of any such oils. In some embodiments, the oily phase is formed from unsaturated polyglycosylated glycerides, triglycerides, (e.g., medium-chain triglycerides, such as C8-C10 caprylic / capric triglycerides), or combinations thereof. The aqueous phase can comprise water or glycol derivatives (e.g., propylene glycol, glycol ether, polyethylene glycol, or glycerol). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, and mixtures thereof. Suitable emulsifying agents may include, e.g., naturally occurring phosphatides, e.g., soybean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, e.g., sorbitan monoleate, and condensation products of the referenced partial esters with ethylene oxide, e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also optionally contain sweetening agents, bittering agents, flavoring agents, and / or preservatives. In one embodiment, the emulsion is in the form of a microemulsion (composed of stable dispersions of microdroplets of the aqueous phase in the oily phase or of microdroplets of the oily phase in the aqueous phase). Microemulsions are quaternary systems comprising an aqueous phase, an oily phase, a surfactant and a co-surfactant. They are translucent and isotropic liquids. The size of these microdroplets is less than 200 nm (in contrast to microdroplets with sizes of about 1000 nm to 100,000 nm for emulsions). In some embodiments, the oily phase will represent a % v / v range selected from the group consisting of about 2 to about 15%; about 7 to about 10%; and about 8 to about 9% v / v of the microemulsion. Generally, the aqueous phase will represent a proportion from about 1 to about 4% v / v in the-76-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT microemulsion. The interfacial film is composed of an alternation of surface-active (SA) and co-surface-active (Co-SA) molecules which, by lowering the interfacial tension, allows the microemulsion to be formed spontaneously. Surfactants for the microemulsion include diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyglycolyzed C8-C10 glycerides or polyglyceryl-6 dioleate. In addition to these surfactants, the co-surfactants include short-chain alcohols, such as ethanol and propanol. Some compounds are common to the three components discussed above, i.e., aqueous phase, surfactant and co-surfactant. However, it is well within the skill level of the practitioner to use different compounds for each component of the same formulation. In one embodiment, the co-surfactant to surfactant ratio will be from about 1 / 7 to about 1 / 2. In another embodiment, there will be from about 25 to about 75% v / v of surfactant and from about 10 to about 55% v / v of co-surfactant in the microemulsion.

[0219] In some embodiments, a composition comprising a compound according to a formula as described herein is provided in the form of a suspension, generally comprising the compound (optionally along with other ingredients) dispersed in a liquid. The compound is typically in the form of a dispersible powder or granule; dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of a suspension generally provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example, sweetening, bittering, flavoring, and coloring agents, may also be present. The liquid can be oily or aqueous. Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the compound in a vegetable oil, for example, atachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example, beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame, bittering agents, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such as ascorbic acid, or other known preservatives. Aqueous suspensions contain the compound in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. For example, such aqueous suspensions may comprise excipients that are suspending agents, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally- occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example, heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide, with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. Aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl, p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents and / or bittering agents, such as those set forth above. Aqueous suspensions may comprise, e.g., juice (such as apple or orange juice).-77-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0220] In some embodiments, a composition comprising a compound according to a formula as described herein is provided in the form of a syrup or elixir. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, flavoring agent(s) and / or coloring agent(s).

[0221] In some embodiments, a composition comprising a compound according to a formula as described herein is in paste form. Examples of embodiments in a paste form include but are not limited to those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,787,342 to Chen; 7,001,889 to Freehauf et al.; and 7,563,773 to Freehauf, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In addition to the compound(s) of the invention, the paste can also contain components including, e.g., fumed silica; a viscosity modifier (e.g., selected from PEG 200, PEG 300, PEG 400, PEG 600, monoethanolamine, triethanolamine, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan mono-oleate (polysorbate 80 or Tween 80), and polyoxamers (e.g., Pluronic L 81)); a carrier (e.g., a hydrophilic carrier selected from triacetin, a monoglyceride, a diglyceride, and a triglyceride); optionally, an absorbent (e.g., selected from magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, starch, and cellulose and its derivatives); and optionally, a colorant (e.g., selected from the group consisting of titanium dioxide iron oxide, and FD&C Blue #1 Aluminum Lake), stabilizer, surfactant, and / or preservative.

[0222] Sustained-release preparations can also be prepared. Examples of sustained-release preparations can include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers that can contain the compound or salt, and these matrices can be in the form of shaped articles (e.g., fdms or microcapsules). Examples of sustained- release matrices can include polyesters, hydrogels (e.g., poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly (vinyl alcohol)), polylactides, copolymers of L-glutamic acid and y ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylenevinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPO™ (i.e., injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-( -)-3- hydroxybutyric acid.Injectable forms

[0223] The compositions described herein can be formulated for administration as an injection. In a composition intended to be administered by injection, one or more of a surfactant, preservative, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, buffer, stabilizer and isotonic agent may be included. Non-limiting examples of formulations for injection can include a sterile suspension, solution or emulsion in oily or aqueous vehicles. Suitable oily vehicles can include, but are not limited to, lipophilic solvents or vehicles such as fatty oils or synthetic fatty acid esters, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions can contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension. The suspension can also contain suitable stabilizers. Injections can be formulated for bolus injection or continuous infusion. Alternatively, the compositions described herein can be lyophilized or in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.

[0224] For parenteral administration, the compounds or salts can be formulated in a unit dosage injectable form (e.g., use letter solution, suspension, emulsion) in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle. Such vehicles can be inherently non-toxic, and non-therapeutic. Vehicles can be water,-78-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT saline, Ringer’s solution, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils and ethyl oleate can also be used. Liposomes can be used as carriers. The vehicle can contain minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability (e.g., buffers and preservatives).

[0225] Liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure, whether they be solutions, suspensions or other like form, may include one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, physiological saline, Ringer’s solution, isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils such as synthetic mono or diglycerides which may serve as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. Parenteral preparations can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. In some embodiments, the adjuvant is physiological saline. In some embodiments, the injectable pharmaceutical composition is sterile.Other dosage forms

[0226] Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be intended for topical administration, in which case the carrier may suitably comprise a solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, may comprise one or more of the following: petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and stabilizers. Thickening agents may be present in a pharmaceutical composition for topical administration.

[0227] In some embodiments, a composition suitable for topical, dermal, and / or subdermal formulation comprising a compound according to the formula(s) described herein is provided. Topical, dermal, and subdermal formulations can include, e.g., emulsions, creams, ointments, gels, pastes, powders, patches, shampoos, pour-on formulations, ready-to-use formulations, spray formulations, and spot-on formulations. Such formulations can be, e.g., concentrated solutions, suspensions, microemulsions, or emulsions. Topical application can, in some embodiments, allow for the active compound(s) to be distributed through the glands (e.g., sebaceous glands) of the animal and / or allow the active compound(s) to achieve a systemic effect (plasma concentration) and / or allow for distribution throughout the haircoat. Certain suitable formulations for topical, dermal, and / or subdermal application include, but are not limited to, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,395,765 to Etchegaray, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

[0228] Spot-on compositions are typically applied in a localized region which refers to an area other than the entire animal. Spot-on compositions are generally used by administering the composition at a particular location of an animal (e.g., between the shoulders). Another embodiment of a localized region is a stripe, e.g., a stripe from head to tail of the animal. Such compositions can be administered, e.g., via pipettes, squeeze- ons, or drop-ons.

[0229] The carrier can be a liquid carrier vehicle as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,426,333, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. For example, in one embodiment, a spot-on formulation-79-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT comprises a solvent and a co-solvent wherein the solvent is selected from the group consisting of acetone, acetonitrile, benzyl alcohol, butyl diglycol, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, dipropylene glycol n- butyl ether, ethanol, isopropanol, methanol, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, monomethylacetamide, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, liquid polyoxyethylene glycols, propylene glycol, 2-pyrrolidone (e.g. N-methylpyrrolidone), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol, diethyl phthalate fatty acid esters, such as the diethyl ester or diisobutyl adipate, and a mixture of at least two of these solvents and the co-solvent is selected from the group consisting of absolute ethanol, isopropanol or methanol. The liquid carrier vehicle can optionally contain a crystallization inhibitor selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a non-ionic surfactant, an amine salt, an amphoteric surfactant or polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohols, copolymers of vinyl acetate and vinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycols, benzyl alcohol, mannitol, glycerol, sorbitol, polyoxyethylenated sorbitan esters; lecithin, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and acrylic derivatives, or a mixture of these crystallization inhibitors.

[0230] Pour-on compositions are generally used by pouring the composition along an animal’s backline (e.g., from the neck to the tail). The pour-on formulations are advantageously oily, and generally comprise a diluent or vehicle and also a solvent (e.g., an organic solvent) for the active ingredient if the latter is not soluble in the diluent. Certain non-limiting pour-on compositions are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,010,710 to Etchegaray and 8,097,266 to Gogolewski et al., which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

[0231] Spray-on compositions are generally used by spraying a composition along an animal’s backline (e.g., from the neck to the tail). Each of these compositions can involve application, e.g., of a concentrated solution, suspension, microemulsion or emulsion.

[0232] Such topical compositions (e.g., spot-on, spray-on, and pour-on compositions) can generally comprise the compound as provided herein in combination with one or more diluents / vehicles and / or one or more solvents. Diluents / vehicles include, but are not limited to, plant oils (e.g., soybean oil, groundnut oil, castor oil, com oil, cotton oil, olive oil, grape seed oil, sunflower oil, etc.); mineral oils (e.g., petrolatum, paraffin, silicone, etc.); aliphatic or cyclic hydrocarbons; medium-chain (such as C8 to C12) triglycerides, and combinations thereof. Solvents (e.g., organic solvents) that can be added in some embodiments include, but are not limited to, acetyltributyl citrate, fatty acid esters such as the dimethyl ester, diisobutyl adipate, acetone, acetonitrile, benzyl alcohol, butyl diglycol, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, dipropylene glycol n- butyl ether, ethanol, isopropanol, methanol, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, monomethylacetamide, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, liquid polyoxyethylene glycols, propylene glycol, 2-pyrrolidone (e.g. N-methylpyrrolidone), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol and diethyl phthalate, and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments, an emollient and / or spreading and / or film-forming agent is included in the composition. An emollient and / or spreading and / or film-forming agent can be, for example, selected from the group consisting of: polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohols, copolymers of vinyl acetate and vinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycols, benzyl alcohol,-80-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT mannitol, glycerol, sorbitol, polyoxyethylenated sorbitan esters; lecithin, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, silicone oils, polydiorganosiloxane oils (such as polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) oils), for example those containing silanol functionalities, or a 45V2 oil, anionic surfactants such as alkaline stearates, sodium, potassium or ammonium stearates; calcium stearate, triethanolamine stearate; sodium abietate; alkyl sulfates (e.g. sodium lauryl sulfate and sodium cetyl sulfate); sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, sodium dioctylsulphosuccinate; fatty acids (e.g. those derived from coconut oil), cationic surfactants such as water- soluble quaternary ammonium salts of formula N+R'R''R'''R'"', Y- in which the radicals R are optionally hydroxylated hydrocarbon radicals and Y- is an anion of a strong acid such as the halide, sulfate and sulfonate anions; cetyltrimethylammonium bromide is among the cationic surfactants which can be used, amine salts of formula N+R'R"R'" in which the radicals R are optionally hydroxylated hydrocarbon radicals (e.g., octadecylamine hydrochloride), nonionic surfactants such as sorbitan esters, which are optionally polyoxyethylenated (e.g. polysorbate 80), polyoxyethylenated alkyl ethers; polyoxypropylated fatty alcohols such as polyoxypropylene-styrol ether; polyethylene glycol stearate, polyoxyethylenated derivatives of castor oil, polyglycerol esters, polyoxyethylenated fatty alcohols, polyoxyethylenated fatty acids, copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, amphoteric surfactants such as the substituted lauryl compounds of betaine; and mixtures of at least two of these agents.

[0233] Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be intended for rectal administration, in the form, for example, of a suppository, which will melt in the rectum and release the drug. Compositions for rectal administration may contain an oleaginous base as a suitable nonirritating excipient. Such bases may include, without limitation, lanolin, cocoa butter and polyethylene glycol.

[0234] Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may include various materials, which modify the physical form of a solid or liquid dosage unit. For example, the compositions may include materials that form a coating shell around the active ingredients. The materials that form the coating shell are typically inert, and may be selected from, for example, sugar, shellac, and other enteric coating agents. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be encased in a gelatin capsule.Dosing

[0235] The dosage to be administered of a compound of Formula I as described herein will vary according to the particular compound, the subject and the physical condition thereof, the nature and severity of the disease, and the selected route of administration. Accordingly, the amount of compound or composition administered to an animal in need of treatment can vary widely. The amount of compound administered can depend, e.g., on such factors as the efficacy of the compound, the type of animal being treated, the animal’s body weight, the animal’s age, the desired effect, and the nature and severity of the disease. It is to be understood that the dosages may vary depending upon the requirements of each subject and the severity of the disorders or diseases being treated. One of skill in the art will be able to discern a specific efficacious dose. Generally, a therapeutically effective amount is the amount of compound or composition sufficient to provide a beneficial effect or to otherwise reduce a detrimental non-beneficial event to the subject to whom the compound or composition is administered. A therapeutically effective dose can be a dose that produces one-81-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT or more desired or desirable (e.g., beneficial) effects for which it is administered, such administration occurring one or more times over a given period of time. Also, it is to be understood that an initial, higher dosage (i.e., one or more loading doses) may be administered in order to rapidly achieve the desired plasma concentration. On the other hand, the initial dosage may be smaller than the optimum and the daily dosage may be progressively increased during the course of treatment depending on the particular situation (i.e., dose titration).

[0236] Administration of the compounds or compositions provided herein may vary in frequency and duration. Administration may, for example, be intermittent in time and can be administered daily, weekly, biweekly, monthly, bimonthly, quarterly, or even for longer durations of time. In some embodiments, the administration is daily for a period of time of at least about one week, two weeks, three weeks, a month, or two months, and up to six months, a year, or multiple years, including for the lifetime of the subject.

[0237] In some embodiments, administration of the desired dose may be presented as a single dose or as divided doses administered at appropriate intervals, for example, as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day. The sub-dose itself may be further divided, e.g., into a number of discrete, loosely spaced administrations, such as multiple oral dose forms.

[0238] It will be recognized by one of skill in the art that the optimal quantity and spacing of individual dosages of a compound as described herein or a composition comprising the compound as described herein will be determined by the nature and extent of the condition being treated, the form, route and site of administration, and the age and condition of the particular subject being treated, and that a physician will ultimately determine appropriate dosages, frequency and treatment duration to be used. The selected dosage may be repeated as often as appropriate. If side effects develop the amount and / or frequency of the dosage can be altered or reduced, in accordance with normal clinical practice. One of skill in the art will be able to develop a specific administration protocol for a particular situation.Method of Treating Canine Atopic Dermatitis and / or Pruritis

[0239] Provided herein is a method of treating canine atopic dermatitis and / or pruritis. The method generally comprises administering an effective amount of a compound of the disclosure, a salt, or solvate thereof, or a composition comprising the compound or salt or solvate thereof. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that the potency and selectivity of the disclosed compounds in inhibiting Janus Kinase 1 (JAK-1; e.g., canine JAK-1 (cJAK-1)) provides efficacy and tolerability, which, together with a long half-life, allows for once-daily dosing.

[0240] The pathogenesis of canine atopic dermatitis is complex. Percutaneous sensitization to environmental allergens (e.g., dust mites, pollen, mold) and / or allergens from food induces skin infiltration by various inflammatory cells, activation of resident cells, and local production of inflammatory / itch mediators. Various factors can exacerbate canine atopic dermatitis, including ectoparasites, particularly fleas, environmental factors, cutaneous colonization / infection by bacteria and yeast, and epidermal barrier dysfunction.-82-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0241] The JAK / STAT signaling pathway has been implicated in the mediation of many abnormal immune responses such as allergies, asthma, and autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, JAK1 inhibition blocks the signaling of many important pro-inflammatory cytokines, including interleukin (IL)-2, IL-6, IL-7, and IL-15, which are known contributors to inflammatory disorders such as atopic dermatitis. Accordingly, inhibition of JAK signaling, and particularly JAK-1 signaling, has been proposed for treatment of immune- mediated disorders such as atopic dermatitis. In addition to the anti-inflammatory activity of JAK-1 inhibitors, it has been reported that type 2 cytokines, IL-4 and IL- 13, directly stimulate sensory neurons and that chronic itch is dependent on neuronal IL-4Ra and JAK1 signaling (see, e.g., US Patent Application Publication No. 2021 / 0338812). Further, as discussed herein above, oclacitinib (APOQUEL®) has been approved by the FDA for treatment canine atopic dermatitis, lending further support to the concept of utilizing JAK inhibitors for the treatment of pruritis / immune / allergic disorders in companion animals. (Gonzales et al., J. Vet. Pharmacol Ther. 2014 Aug; 37(4):317-24).

[0242] Oclacitinib is most potent at inhibiting JAK-1 (IC50 = 10 nM), and also inhibits the function of JAK1- dependent cytokines involved in allergy and inflammation (IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, and IL- 13) as well as pruritus (IL-31) at ICso's ranging from 36 to 249 nM. (Gonzales et al., 2014). Oclacitinib has been characterized as a targeted therapy that selectively inhibits JAK 1 -dependent cytokines involved in allergy, inflammation, and pruritus with the suggestion that these are the mechanisms by which oclacitinib controls clinical signs associated with allergic skin disease in dogs.

[0243] It has now been found that the selectivity of oclacitinib toward cJAK-2, cJAK-3, and cJAK-4 relative to cJAK- 1 is, in fact, relatively low. It is believed that this lack of selectivity is responsible for the dose limiting emesis observed in dogs and is likely cJAK-2 related. As noted herein above, it would be desirable in the art to provide a cJAK inhibitor with efficacy in treating canine atopic dermatitis and the related symptoms while allowing for the potential for once daily (QD) dosing.

[0244] Accordingly, disclosed herein are compounds having selectivity for JAK-1 over JAK-2 inhibition (canine, human, or both) on the order of 10-fold or greater, and methods of treating canine atopic dermatitis, pruritis, or both using such compounds. The methods of treatment generally comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula I, a salt or solvate thereof, or a composition comprising the compound, salt, or solvate.

[0245] Generally, the method comprises administering a compound of the present disclosure or its pharmaceutical compositions orally, parenterally, topically, rectally, or transmucosally. Parenteral administrations include indirect injections to generate a systemic effect or direct injections to the afflicted area. Topical administrations include the treatment of skin or organs readily accessible by local application, for example, ears. It also includes transdermal delivery to generate a systemic effect. The rectal administration includes the form of suppositories. In some embodiments, the route of administration is oral or parenteral. In specific embodiments, the route of administration is oral.

[0246] As described herein above, the frequency of dosing may vary based on the individual compound, the subject, the nature and severity of the dermatitis, and the like. In some embodiments, the compound or-83-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT composition is administered orally on a daily basis. Also as described herein above, in some embodiments, the compound of the present disclosure has pharmacological and pharmacokinetic properties amenable to once daily dosing. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the administration is once daily.Combination Therapy

[0247] One or more compounds disclosed herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, stereoisomers, or tautomers of any of these, may be administered simultaneously with, prior to, or after administration of one or more other therapeutic agents. Such combination therapy may include administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation that contains one or more compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, stereoisomers, or tautomers thereof, and one or more additional active agents, as well as administration of one or more compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, stereoisomers, or tautomers thereof, and each active agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation. For example, one or more compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, stereoisomers, or tautomers thereof, and the other active agent can be administered to the subject together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent administered in separate oral dosage formulations. Where separate dosage formulations are used, the one or more compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, stereoisomers, or tautomers thereof, and one or more additional active agents can be administered at essentially the same time, e.g., concurrently, or at separately staggered times, e.g., sequentially; combination therapy is understood to include all these regimens.

[0248] Suitable therapeutic agents for combination therapy with the disclosed compounds include those which modulate a mammalian immune system, antihistamines, and anti-inflammatory agents. These agents may include but are not limited to cyclosporin A (e.g., Sandimmune® or Neoral®, rapamycin, FK-506 (tacrolimus), leflunomide, deoxyspergualin, mycophenolate (e.g., Cellcept®, azathioprine (e.g., Imuran®), daclizumab (e.g., Zenapax®), OKT3 (e.g., Orthocolone®), AtGam, aspirin, acetaminophen, ibuprofen, naproxen, piroxicam, and antiinflammatory steroids (e.g., prednisolone or dexamethasone). These agents may be administered as part of the same or separate dosage forms, via the same or different routes of administration, and on the same or different administration schedules according to standard pharmaceutical practice known to one skilled in the art.

[0249] Although the technology herein has been described with reference to particular embodiments, it is to be understood that these embodiments are merely illustrative of the principles and applications of the present technology. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made to the method and apparatus of the present technology without departing from the spirit and scope of the technology. Thus, it is intended that the present technology include modifications and variations that are within the scope of the appended claims and their equivalents. Accordingly, the disclosure is not limited except as by the appended claims.

[0250] Reference throughout this specification to "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at-84-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT least one embodiment of the present disclosure. Thus, the appearances of the phrases "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. Any ranges cited herein are inclusive.

[0251] While preferred embodiments of the present disclosure have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the disclosure. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the disclosure described herein may be employed. It is intended that the following claims define the scope of the disclosure and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.

[0252] All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

[0253] Many modifications and other embodiments of the disclosure will come to mind to one skilled in the art to which this disclosure pertains having the benefit of the teachings presented in the foregoing description. Therefore, it is to be understood that the disclosure is not to be limited to the specific embodiments disclosed and that modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims. Although specific terms are employed herein, they are used in a generic and descriptive sense only and not for purposes of limitation.

[0254] Reagent / reactant names given are as named on the commercial bottle or as generated by IUPAC conventions, ChemDraw 19.0 (CAMBRIDGESOFT®; PerkinEhner). Compounds designated as salts (e.g., hydrochloride, acetate, sulfate) may include more than one molar equivalent of the acid.EXEMPLIFICATION

[0255] Aspects of the present disclosure are more fully illustrated by the following examples, which are set forth to illustrate certain aspects of the present invention and are not to be construed as limiting thereof. The technology is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or being carried out in various ways. It is understood that one skilled in the art may be able to make these compounds by similar methods or by combining other methods known to one skilled in the art. It is also understood that one skilled in the art would be able to make, in a similar manner as described below, further compounds within the scope of the present disclosure by using appropriate starting materials and modifying the synthetic route as needed. In general, starting materials and reagents can be obtained from commercial vendors or synthesized according to sources known to those skilled in the art or prepared as described herein.Example 1. Synthesis of 4-chloro-7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 1).-85-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0256] To a solution of 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (5 g, 0.03 mmol, 1 equiv.) in DMF (30 mL) was added NaH (40%, 1.96 g, 0.05 mol, 1.50 equiv.) at 0°C and stirred at 25°C for 0.5h. Then [2- (chloromethoxy)ethyl]trimethylsilane (8.15 g, 0.05 mol, 1.50 equiv.) was added dropwise into the mixture at 25°C and stirred at 25°C for 2h. The mixture was diluted with H2O and then extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (PE: EA=20: l~5: l) to afford 4-chloro-7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 1, 10 g, 90% purity, 97%) as yellow oil. [M+H]+=284.Example 2. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one (Intermediates 2 and 3).Step A. Synthesis of 3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one

[0257] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl) piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (400 mg, 1.49 mmol, 1 equiv.) in DCM (5 m ) added 1,4-dioxane / HCl (2 mL) at 25°C, stirred at 25°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with NaHCCf solution and then extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated to afford 3 -(piperazin- l-yl)pyrrolidin-2 -one (250 mg, 95 %) as yellow oil. [M+H]+=170.Step B. Synthesis of 3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one

[0258] To a solution of 4-chloro-7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (Intermediate 1; Example 1, 300 mg, 1.06 mmol, 1 equiv.) in NMP (3 mL) was added 3 -(piperazin- 1- yl)pyrrolidin-2-one (214.64 mg, 1.27 mmol, 1.20 equiv.) and DIEA (545 mg, 4.23 mmol, 4 equiv.) at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 130°C for 4h under microwave. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by Flash Chromatography (PE: EA=20: 1~5: 1) to afford 3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)- 7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one (480 mg, 90% purity, 98 %) as yellow oil. [M+H]+= 417.Step C. Chiral separation

[0259] Racemic 3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-2-one (1.98 g in total) was separated by chiral chromatography to provide two enantiomers. The-86-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT first enantiomer eluting enantiomer (865 mg) was arbitrarily assigned the (S)-configuration. The second eluting enantiomer (872 mg) was arbitrarily assigned the (R)-configuration.Example 3. Synthesis of (S)-5-[2-oxo-3-(4-{7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin- l-yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l,3-dione (Compound 1).Step A. Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l, 3-dione

[0260] To a solution of 5-bromo-2-benzofuran-l, 3-dione (700 mg, 3.08 mmol, 1 equiv.) in toluene (10 mb) was added 5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (674 mg, 4.01 mmol, 1.30 equiv.) at 25°C and stirred at 120°C for 4h. The mixture was concentrated and dissolved in DMF, then added H2O. Light-yellow solid was precipitated from water. The precipitation was collected by filtration and washed with water, dried under reduced pressure to get 5-bromo-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l, 3-dione (1023 mg, 84%) as white solid . [M+H]+=378.Step B. Synthesis of (S)-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid and (S)-4-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid

[0261] To a solution of (S)-3-[4-(7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl]pyrrolidin-2-one (Intermediate 2, Example 2; 430 mg, 1.03 mmol, 1 equiv.) in dioxane (15 m ) was added 5-bromo-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l, 3-dione (467 mg, 1.24 mmol, 1.20 equiv.), Pd2(dba)3 (94.52 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.10 equiv.), Xantphos (119 mg, 0.21 mmol, 0.20 equiv.) and CS2CO3 (841 mg, 2.58 mmol, 2.50 equiv.) at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 115°C for 16h under nitrogen-87-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT atmosphere. The mixture was concentrated and purified by Flash Chromatography (H2O: ACN=20: 1~5: 1) to afford 5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or 4-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-((5 - (trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid (500 mg, 56%) as light yellow solid. [M+H]+=731.Step C. Synthesis of (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or (S)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid

[0262] To a solution of (S)-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-((5 -(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or (S)-4-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid (200 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1 equiv.) in DCM (5 mb) was added TFA (1 mb) stirred at 25°C for 2h. The mixture was concentrated to get crude product (170 mg, 94%) as yellow oil. [M+H]+=631. The above crude dissolved in MeOH (5 mb) was added NH3.H2O (3 mb) and stirred at 25°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated to get crude (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H- pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-((5 -(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or (S)-4-(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid (150 mg, 88%) as yellow oil ,[M+H]+=601.Step D. Synthesis of (S)-5-[2-oxo-3-(4-{7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l, 3-dione (Compound 1)

[0263] A solution of (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2- ((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or (S)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-((5 -(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid (150 mg, 0.25 mmol) in TFA (3 mb) stirred at 75°C for 3h. The resulting solution was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-3 Sunfire C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% TFA), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 2% B to 40% B in 18 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded the titled compound (33 mg, 21.20%, TFA salt) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 583.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): 52.30-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.61 (m, 1H), 3-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.86-4.05 (m, 3H), 4.25-4.35 (m, 4H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 8.04-8.08 (m, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.27-8.32 (m, 2H), 13.75 (s, 1H).Example 4. Synthesis of (R)-5-[2-oxo-3-(4-{7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l,3-dione (Compound 2)-88-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of (R)-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or (R)-4-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid

[0264] To a solution of (R)-3-[4-(7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl]pyrrolidin-2-one (Intermediate 3, Example 2, 430 mg, 1.03 mmol, 1 equiv.) in dioxane (15 mL) was added 5-bromo-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l, 3-dione (467 mg, 1.24 mmol, 1.20 equiv.), Pd2(dba)3 (95 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.10 equiv.), Xantphos (120 mg, 0.21 mmol, 0.20 equiv.) and CS2CO3 (841 mg, 2.58 mmol, 2.50 equiv.) at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 115°C for 16h under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was concentrated and purified by Flash Chromatography (H2O:ACN=20: 1-5: 1) get 5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or 4-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-((5 - (trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid (600 mg, 76%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=731.Step B. Synthesis of (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or (R)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid

[0265] To a solution of (R)-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-((5 -(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or (R)-4-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l--89-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid (200 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DCM (5 mb) was added TFA (1 mL) stirred at 25°C for 2h. The mixture was concentrated to get crude product (170 mg, 94%) as yellow oil. [M+H]+=631. The crude product was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) then was added NH3.H2O (3 mL) stirred at 25°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated to get 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-((5 -(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or 4-(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 - yl)-2-((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid (150 mg, 88%) as yellow oil. [M+H]+=601. Step C. Synthesis of (R)-5-[2-oxo-3-(4-{7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l, 3-dione (Compound 2)

[0266] A solution of (R)-5 -(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2- ((5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid or 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-((5 -(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl)benzoic acid (150 mg, 0.25 mmol) in TFA (3 mL) was stirred at 75°C for 3h. The resulting solution was purified using Prep- HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-12 Luna C18 Column, 21.2*250 mm, 10 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% TFA), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 20 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 45% B in 18 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded (R)-5-[2-oxo-3-(4-{7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]isoindole-l, 3-dione (Compound 2, 43 mg, 28%, TFA salt) as a white solid. [M+H]+=583.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): 5 2.30-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.61 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.09 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.86-4.05 (m, 3H), 4.25-4.35 (m, 4H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 8.04-8.08 (m, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.27-8.31 (m, 2H), 13.74 (s, 1H).Example 5. Synthesis of 6-[2-oxo-3-(4-[7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-3H-isoindol-l-one (Compound 3).-90-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-{3-oxo-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-lH-isoindol- 5-yl}pyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0267] To a solution of 6-bromo-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-3H-isoindol-l-one (100 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 equiv.) in dioxane (5 mL) was added tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (96 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.30 equiv.), Cui (31 mg, 0.17 mmol, 0.60 equiv.), DMEDA(243mg, 2.75 mmol, 10 equiv.) and cesium carbonate (179 mg, 0.55 mmol, 2 equiv.) at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 5h under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was diluted with H2O and then extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SC>4, filtered, concentrated and purified by Flash Chromatography (PE: EA=20: 1~5: 1) to afford tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-{3-oxo-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-lH-isoindol-5- yl}pyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (88 mg, 55 %) as yellow solid. [M+H]+=552.Step B. Synthesis of 6-[2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2- yl]-3H-isoindol-l-one

[0268] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-{3-oxo-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-lH-isoindol-5- yl}pyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (75 mg, 0.14 mmol, lequiv) in DCM (5 mL) was added 1,4- dioxane / HCl (2 mL) at 0°C and stirred at 25°C for 4h. The mixture was concentrated to afford crude 6-[2-oxo- 3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-3H-isoindol-l-one (75 mg, 98 %) as light yellow solid. [M+H]+=452.Step C. Synthesis of 6-[2-oxo-3-(4-{7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl}piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2- [5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-3H-isoindol-l-one (Compound 3)

[0269] To a solution of 6-[2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]- 3H-isoindol-l-one (75 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 equiv.) in NMP (2 mL) was added 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine (33 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.30 equiv.) and DIEA (86 mg, 0.66 mmol, 4 equiv.) at 25°C and stirred at 135°C for 3h under microwave. The resulting solution was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-3 Atlantis T3 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.2% FA), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 40% B in 15 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded 6-[2-oxo-3 -(4- { 7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl }piperazin- 1 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -2 - [5 -(trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-3H-isoindol-l-one (Compound 3, 4 mg, 4%) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 569.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.07-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.71 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.95 (6H, m), 5.19 (s, 2H), 6.60-6.65 (m, 1H), 7.19 (t, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J= 4.2 Hz. 1H), 8.03-8.07 (m, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.26 (m, 2H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 6. Synthesis of 6-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 4).-91-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-(l-oxo-l,2-dihydroisoquinolin-6-yl)pyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0270] To a solution of 6-bromo-2H-isoquinolin-l-one (448 mg, 2 mmol, 1 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (538 mg, 2 mmol, 1 equiv) and CS2CO3 (1302 mg, 4 mmol, 2 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) stirred under nitrogenat 10°C was added tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (92 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.05 equiv) and Xantphos (173 mg, 0.30 mmol, 0.15 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 115°C for 16h. H2O (20 mL) was added. The residue was extracted with EA (3 x 20 mL). The reaction mixture was concentrated under pressure 50°C. The crude material was added to a silica gel column and was eluted with C LCL / MeOH (10: 1) to afford tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-(l-oxo-l,2-dihydroisoquinolin-6- yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (600 mg, 80% purity, 58%) as light-yellow solid. [M+H]+=413.Step B. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-(l-oxo-2-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)-l,2- dihydroisoquinolin-6-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0271] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-(l-oxo-l,2-dihydroisoquinolin-6-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine- 1-carboxylate (412 mg, 1 mmol, 1 equiv), 2-bromo-5- (trifluoromethyl)-l,3-thiazole (232 mg, 1 mmol, 1 equiv) and K2CO3 (276 mg, 2 mmol, 2 equiv) in DMF (10 mL) stirred under nitrogenat 10°C was added Copper(I) iodide (38 mg, 0.20 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 130°C for 2h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under pressure 70°C. The residue was purified via Flash Chromatography and was eluted with MeCN / TFA 0.1 % and to afford tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-(l-oxo-2-(5- (trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)- 1 ,2-dihydroisoquinolin-6-yl)pyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (95 mg, 90% purity, 15%) as light-yellow solid. [M+H]+=564.Step C. Synthesis of 6-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (HC1 salt)

[0272] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxo-l-(l-oxo-2-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)-l,2- dihydroisoquinolin-6-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (95 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 equiv) in dioxane (3-92-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT mL) stirred under nitrogen at 10°C was added a solution of 4 M HCl / dioxane (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 10°C for 2h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford 6-(2-oxo-3 -(piperazin- 1- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (HC1 salt) (90 mg, 85% purity, 98%) as light-yellow solid. [M+H]+=464.Step D. Synthesis of 6-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2- (5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (Compound 4)

[0273] To a solution of 6-(2-oxo-3 -(piperazin- l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-(5-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2- yl)isoquinolin-l(2H)-one (HC1 salt) (100 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1 equiv) , 4-chloro-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (33 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1 equiv) in NMP (5 mL) stirred under nitrogen at 15°C was added DIEA (84 mg, 0.65 mmol, 3 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified via Genal-Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: Prep-10 Xbrige C18 5um 19* 150mm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.2% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 45% B to 70% B in 16 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded 6-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-(5 -(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)isoquinolin- l(2H)-one (Compound 4, 30 mg, 90% purity, 22%) as off-white solid. [M+H] =581. ‘HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): 52.13-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.75 (m, 2H), 3.02-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.92 (m, 7H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 7.08- 7.11 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.22 (m, 1H), 8.09-8.17 (m, 3H), 8.40-8.46 (m, 2H), 8.58-8.60 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 11.74 (s, 1H).Example 7. Synthesis of (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d1pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- l-yl)-2-cvclopropylisoindoline-l,3-dione and (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-cvclopropylisoindoline-l,3-dione (Compounds 5 and 6).-93-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of 2-cyclopropyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0274] The mixture of 5-bromo-2-cyclopropylisoindoline-l, 3-dione (195 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 equiv), 3-[4-(7- {[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl]pyrrolidin-2-one (342 mg, 0.82 mmol, 1.10 equiv), CS2CO3 (486 mg, 1.49 mmol, 2 equiv), Cui (85 mg, 0.44 mmol, 0.60 equiv) and DMEDA (658 mg, 7.46 mmol, 10 equiv) in dioxane (15 mL) was stirred at 100°C under N2 for 5h. the mixture was cooled and concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH= DCM to 95 / 5) to give 2-cyclopropyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (281 mg, 63%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=602.1.Step B. Synthesis of 2-cyclopropyl-5-(3-(4-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0275] The mixture of 2-cyclopropyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (280 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1 equiv) in TFA (15 mL) was stirred at 80°C under NITROGENfor 2h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to give crude 2-cyclopropyl-5-(3-(4-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (236 mg, 100%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=502.0.Step C. Synthesis of (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-cyclopropylisoindoline-l, 3-dione and (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l- yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-cyclopropylisoindoline-l, 3-dione-94-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0276] To the mixture of 2-cyclopropyl-5-(3-(4-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline- 1,3-dione (236 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1 equiv) in ACN (15 mL) was added K2CO3 (324 mg, 2.35 mmol, 5 equiv) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16h. the mixture was cooled and fdtered, the filtrate was concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH= DCMto 90 / 10) to give 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-1-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-cyclopropylisoindoline-l, 3-dione (136 mg, 61%) as a white solid. 136 mg 5-(3- (4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-cyclopropylisoindoline- 1,3- dione was separated by Chiral HPLC with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IF 3*25 cm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: MeOH; Mobile Phase B: DCM; Flow rate: 25 mL / min; Gradient: 50% B; Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-cyclopropylisoindoline-l, 3-dione (Compound 5, 47 mg, 21%) as a white solid) and (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H- pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-cyclopropylisoindoline- 1 ,3 -dione (Compound 6, 47 mg, 21%) as a white solid. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. Compound 5: [M+H]+= 472.JH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 50.87-0.91 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.68 (m, 3H), 2.97-3.03(m, 2H), 3.77-3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83(d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J= 1.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.20(s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H). Compound 6: [M+H]+= 472. ‘H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) 5 0.87-0.91 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.68 (m, 3H), 2.97-3.03(m, 2H), 3.77- 3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83(d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J= 1.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.20(s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 8. Synthesis of (S)- and (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-isopropylisoindoline-l,3-dione (Compounds 7 and 8)-95-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-(isopropylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid

[0277] The solution of 5 -bromoisobenzofuran- 1, 3-dione (2 g, 8.80 mmol, 1 equiv) and propan-2 -amine (1.56 g, 26.40 mmol, 3 equiv) in toluene (15 mL) in a sealed-tube was stirred at 110°C under nitrogenfor 16h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to give crude 5-bromo-2-(isopropylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid (2.50 g, >99.9%) as a yellow oil.Step B. Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-isopropylisoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0278] To the stirred solution of 5-bromo-2-(isopropylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid (2.50 g, 8.70 mmol, 1 equiv) in AC2O (20 mL) was added NaOAc (0.36 g, 4.35 mmol, 0.50 equiv) under nitrogenat 30°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 110°C for 3h. The mixture was cooled to rt, quenched with H2O, extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (PE / EtOAc = 100 / 0-80 / 20) to give 5-bromo-2- isopropylisoindoline-1, 3-dione (1.40 g, 60%) as a white solid.Step C. Synthesis of 2-isopropyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0279] The mixture of 5 -bromo-2 -isopropylisoindole- 1, 3-dione (200 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 equiv), 3-[4-(7-{[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl]pyrrolidin-2-one (342 mg, 0.82 mmol, 1.10 equiv), CS2CO3 (486 mg, 1.49 mmol, 2 equiv), Cui (85 mg, 0.44 mmol, 0.60 equiv) and DMEDA (658 mg, 7.46 mmol, 10 equiv) in dioxane (15 mL) was stirred at 100°C under nitrogenfor 5h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography(DCM / MeOH= DCM to 95 / 5) to give 2-isopropyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3--96-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (241 mg, 54%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=604.1.Step D. Synthesis of 5-(3-(4-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-isopropylisoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0280] The mixture of 2-isopropyl-5-{2-oxo-3-[4-(7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl]pyrrolidin-l-yl} isoindole- 1, 3-dione (240 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1 equiv) in TFA (15 mL) was stirred at 80°C under nitrogen for 2h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to give crude 5- (3-(4-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2- isopropylisoindoline-1, 3-dione (200 mg, >99.9%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=504.0.Step E. Synthesis of 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2- isopropylisoindoline-1, 3-dione

[0281] To the mixture of 5-(3-{4-[7-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperazin-l-yl}-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2 -isopropylisoindole- 1,3 -dione (200 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1 equiv) in ACN (15 mL) was added K2CO3 (274 mg, 1.98 mmol, 5 equiv) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16h. The mixture was cooled and fdtered, the fdtrate was concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH=90 / 10) to give 5 -(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 - yl)-2 -isopropylisoindoline- 1, 3-dione (100 mg, 53%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=474.0.Step F. Chiral separation:

[0282] Racemic 5 -(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2- isopropylisoindoline-1, 3-dione (100 mg) was subjected to chiral HPLC with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IF 3*25 cm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: MeOH; Mobile Phase B: DCM; Flow rate: 25 mL / min; Gradient: 50% B; Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2 -isopropylisoindoline- 1, 3-dione as the first eluting enantiomer (Compound 7, 40 mg, 40%, white solid) and (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)- 2 -oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2 -isopropylisoindoline- 1, 3-dione (Compound 8, 38 mg, 38%, white solid. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. Compound 7: LCMS: [M+H]+=474.1. ‘H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 1.39 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H), 2.09-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.98-3 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.89 (m, 7H), 4.34-4.41 (m, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.13-8.14 (m, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H). Compound 8: LCMS: [M+H]+=474.1. ‘H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 1.39 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H), 2.09-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.97-3 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.89 (m, 7H), 4.36.39 (m, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 9. Synthesis of (S)- amd (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-(tert-butyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (Compounds 9 and 10)-97-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-(tert-butylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid

[0283] The solution of 5 -bromoisobenzofuran- 1, 3-dione (5 g, 22.10 mmol, 1 equiv) and 2-methylpropan-2- amine (4.85 g, 66.30 mmol, 3 equiv) in toluene (15 mb) in a sealed-tube was stirred at 110°C under nitrogen for 16h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to give crude 5-bromo-2-(tert-butylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid (3.10 g, 47%) as a yellow oil. [M+H]+=300.1.Step B. Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-(tert-butyl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0284] To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-2-(tert-butylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid (200 mg, 0.66 mmol, 1 equiv) in AC2O (6 mL) was added NaOAc (27 mg, 0.33 mmol, 0.50 equiv) under nitrogen at 30°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 110°C for 3h. The mixture was cooled to rt, quenched with H2O, extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, fdtered and concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (PE / EtOAc = 90 / 10) to give 5-bromo-2-(tert-butyl)isoindoline- 1, 3-dione (100 mg, 53%) as a white solid.Step C. Synthesis of 2-(tert-butyl)-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0285] The mixture of 5 -bromo-2 -tert-butylisoindole- 1,3 -dione (200 mg, 0.70 mmol, 1 equiv), 3-[4-(7-{[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl]pyrrolidin-2-one (384 mg, 0.92 mmol, 1.30 equiv), CS2CO3 (462 mg, 1.41 mmol, 2 equiv), Cui (81 mg, 0.42 mmol, 0.60 equiv) and DMEDA (625 mg, 7.08 mmol, 10 equiv) in dioxane (20 mL) was stirred at 100°C under nitrogen for 5h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography(DCM / MeOH= 95 / 5)-98-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT to give 2-(tert-butyl)-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (260 mg, 59%) as a yellow solid.Step D. Synthesis of 2-(tert-butyl)-5-(3-(4-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0286] The mixture of 2-tert-butyl-5-{2-oxo-3-[4-(7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl]pyrrolidin-l-yl} isoindole- 1, 3-dione (150 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 equiv) in TFA (10 mb) was stirred at 80°C under nitrogen for 2h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to give crude 2- (tert-butyl)-5-(3-(4-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (120 mg, 96%) as a yellow oil. [M+H]+=518.1.Step E. Synthesis of 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2- (tert-butyl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0287] To the mixture of 2-tert-butyl-5-(3-{4-[7-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperazin-l- yl}-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindole-l, 3-dione (120 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 equiv) in ACN (15 m ) was added K2CO3 (160 mg, 1.15 mmol, 5 equiv) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 48h. The mixture was cooled and fdtered, the fdtrate was concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (PE / EtOAc = 90 / 10) to give 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2- (tert-butyl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (100 mg, 88%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=488.1.Step F. Chiral separation

[0288] Racemic 5 -(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-(tert- butyl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (100 mg) was separated by Prep-Chiral HPLC with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IF 3*25 cm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: CAN; Mobile Phase B: IPA; Flow rate: 25 mL / min; Gradient: 50% B; Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded a first eluting enantiomer ((S)-5-(3-(4-(7H- pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-(tert-butyl)isoindoline- 1 ,3 -dione;Compound 9, 35 mg, 35%, white solid) and a second eluting enantiomer ((R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-(tert-butyl)isoindoline- 1 ,3-dione, Compound 10, 39 mg, 39%, white solid). Absolute configuration was not determined and stereochemical configurations were arbitrarily assigned. Compound 9: LCMS: [M+H]+=488.1. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCE): 5 1.77 (m, 9H), 2- 2.26 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.83 (m, 2H), 3-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.73 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.87 (m, 2H), 4.07-4.09 (m, 4H), 6.51 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.22 (m, 1H), 8.29 (m, 1H), 10.21 (s, 1H). Compound 10: LCMS: [M+H]+=488.1.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCE): 5 1.84 (m, 9H), 2-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.37 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.82 (m, 2H), 3.01-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.73 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.87 (m, 2H), 4.07-4.08 (m, 4H), 6.51 (d, J= 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (m, 1H), 10.33 (s, 1H).Example 10. Synthesis of (S)- and (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-methylisoindoline-l,3-dione (Compounds 11 and 12).-99-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of 3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one

[0289] The mixture of 4-chloro-7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (3450 mg, 12.15 mmol, 1 equiv), 3 -(piperazin- l-yl)pyrrolidin-2 -one (2500 mg, 12.15 mmol, 1 equiv) and DIEA (4713 mg, 36.46 mmol, 3 equiv) in NMP (50 mL) was stirred at 130°C for 16h. The mixture was cooled to rt, washed with water, extracted by EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SC>4, concentrated and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH= 90 / 10) to give 3-(4-(7-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)pyrrolidin-2-one (4095 mg, 81%) as a brown oil.Step B. Synthesis of 2-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0290] The mixture of 5 -bromo-2 -methylisoindole- 1, 3-dione (300 mg, 1.24 mmol, 1 equiv), 3-[4-(7-{[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl }pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl]pyrrolidin-2-one (573 mg, 1.37 mmol, 1.10 equiv), CS2CO3 (814 mg, 2.49 mmol, 2 equiv), Cui (143 mg, 0.74 mmol, 0.60 equiv) and DMEDA (1102 mg, 12.49 mmol, 10 equiv) in dioxane (20 mL) was stirred at 100°C under nitrogen for 5h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH= 100 / 0-90 / 10) to give 2-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3--100-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (386 mg, 54%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=576.1.Step C. Synthesis of 5-(3-(4-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-methylisoindoline-l, 3-dione

[0291] The mixture of 2-methyl-5-{2-oxo-3-[4-(7-{[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl}pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl]pyrrolidin-l-yl} isoindole- 1, 3-dione (200 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 equiv) in TFA (10 mL) was stirred at 80°C under nitrogen for 2h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to give crude 5- (3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2 -methylisoindoline- 1,3- dione (160 mg, 97%) as a yellow oil. [M+H]+=476.1.Step D. Synthesis of 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2- methylisoindoline-1, 3-dione

[0292] To the mixture of 5-(3-{4-[7-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperazin-l-yl}-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2 -methylisoindole- 1, 3-dione (160 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1 equiv) in ACN (15 mL) was added K2CO3 (233 mg, 1.68 mmol, 5 equiv) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 48h. The mixture was cooled and fdtered, the fdtrate was concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH= DCM to 90 / 10) to give 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2 -methylisoindoline- 1, 3-dione (120 mg, 80%) as white solid.Step E. Chiral separation

[0293] Racemic 5 -(3 - {4-[7 -(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl]piperazin- 1 -yl } -2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2 -methylisoindole- 1, 3-dione (120 mg) was purified by Prep-Chiral HPLC with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IF 3*25 cm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: MeOH; Mobile Phase B: DCM; Flow rate: 50 mL / min; Gradient: 50% B; Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded a first eluting enantiomer ((S)-5-(3-(4-(7H- pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2 -methylisoindoline- 1 ,3 -dione;Compound 11, 50 mg, 42%, white solid) and a second eluting enantiomer ((R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2 -methylisoindoline- 1 ,3 -dione; Compound 12, 45 mg, 38%, white solid). Absolute configuration was not determined and stereochemical configurations were arbitrarily assigned. Compound 11: LCMS: [M+H]+=446.1. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMS0-< ): 5 2.09-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.97-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 3.77-3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8 (m, 1H), 8.14 (m, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H). Compound 12: LCMS: [M+H]+=446.1. ‘H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 52.07-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.97-3 (m, 2H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 3.77-3.89 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.87 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, lH), 8.14 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.26 (m, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 11. Synthesis of (S)- and (R)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxo Pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2,6-dichloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 13 and 14).-101-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of (S)- and (R)-tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dichloro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0294] To a solution of 4-bromo-2,6-dichloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (630 mg, 2 mmol, 1 equiv), tertbutyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (532 mg, 2 mmol, 1 equiv) and CS2CO3 (1.28 g, 4 mmol, 2 equiv) in 100 ml of 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogenat 25°C was added 180 mg of Pcbldbafi and 228 mg of xantphos. The reaction mixture was stirred at 102°C for 16 hours. The mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column (DCM:MeOH=10: l) to afford tertbutyl 4-(l-(3,5-dichloro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (450 mg, 44%) as yellow solid. [M+H]+=507. The reacemic product (500 mg) was purified by Chiral-prep-HPLC to afford two enantiomers. The first eluting (190) mg was arbitrarily assigned the (S)-configuration and the second eluting (170 mg) was assigned the (R)-configuration.Step B. Synthesis of (S)-2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzene sulfonamide

[0295] (S)-tert-butyl 4-{ l-[3,5-dichloro-4-(methylsulfamoyl)phenyl]-2-oxo pyrrolidin-3-yl}piperazine-l- carboxylate 190 mg was dissolved in 20 ml of DCM:TFA=1: 1. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the title product (280 mg, 94%) as a yellow oil. [M+H]+=407. Step C. Synthesis of (S)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxo pyrrolidin-1- yl)-2,6-dichloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 13)

[0296] To a solution of (S)-2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-4-[2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (280 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (74 mg, 0.48-102-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT mmol, 1.30 equiv) in 15 ml of n-BuOH stirred in air at 25°C was added DIEA (342 mg, 2.64 mmol, 7.20 equiv) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Column: XBridge C18 SN. Column, 19* 150 mm, 5pm, 16 min; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 65% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 214 nm) to provide Compound 13 (110 mg, 45%) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 524.1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 52.05-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.21- 2.28 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.98 (m, 2 H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.87 (m, 5H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.97 (s, 2H). 8.14(s, 1H). 11.70 (s, 1H).Step D. Synthesis of (R)-2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzene sulfonamide

[0297] (R)-tert-butyl 4-{ l-[3,5-dichloro-4-(methylsulfamoyl)phenyl]-2-oxo pyrrolidin-3-yl}piperazine-l- carboxylate (170 mg) was dissolved in 20 ml of DCM:TFA=1: 1. The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the title product (240 mg, 90%) as a yellow oil. [M+H]+=407.Step E. Synthesis of (R)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxo pyrrolidin-1- yl)-2,6-dichloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 14)

[0298] To a solution of (R)-2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-4-[2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (240 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (64 mg, 0.42 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in 15 ml of n-BuOH stirred in air at 25°C was added DIEA (293 mg, 2.27 mmol, 6.68 equiv) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Column: XBridge C18 SN. Column, 19* 150 mm, 5pm, 16 min; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 60% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 214 nm) to give Compound 14 (100 mg, 48%) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 524. ‘HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.05-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.21- 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.98 (m, 2 H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.87 (m, 5H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.97 (s, 2H), 8.14(s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 12. Synthesis of (S)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 15)-103-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT15Step A. Synthesis of 4-bromo-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[0299] To a solution of 4-bromo-2 -chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.20 g, 4.14mmol, 1 equiv), methanamine (2.80mL, 8.23mmol, 2 equiv) in THF was added methanamine (2.80mL, 8.23mmol, 2 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated to get the 4-bromo-2-chloro- N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (11 g, 93%) as colorless oil. [M+H]+=283.9.Step B. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0300] To a solution of bromo-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (300 mg, 1.05 mmol, 1 equiv), tertbutyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (284 mg, 1.05 mmol, 1 equiv) and cesium carbonate (687 mg, 2. 1 Immol, 2 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen was added a solution of Pdildbaf (97 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (122 mg, 0.21 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE / EA= 1:2). This afforded tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (320 mg, 64%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=473.5. The racemic material was subjected to chiral chromatography to provide two enantiomers. The first eluting (135) mg was arbitrarily assigned the (S)-configuration and the second eluting (144 mg) was assigned the (R)-configuration.Step C. Synthesis of 2-chloro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HCI salt)

[0301] To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (135 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1 equiv) in 5 mb of DCM was added 2 mb of HCI (4M in-104-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h. The mixture was concentrated to provide the title compound (HC1 salt) (125 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=373.4.Step D. Synthesis of (S)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 15)

[0302] To a solution of 2-chloro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (70 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (29 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in 1-butanol (5 mL) was added DIEA (66 mg, 0.51 mmol, 3 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19*150 mm, 5 pm (16min); Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 30% B to 65% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded Compound 15 (22 mg, 26%) as white solid. [M+H]+=490.0.XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 52.04-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.95-3 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (d, J= 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.93-7.95 (m, 1H), 8.11-8.16 (m, 2H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 13. Synthesis of (R)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 16).Step A. Synthesis of (R)-2-chloro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0303] To a solution of (R)-tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (Example 12, 144 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 equiv) in 5 mL of DCM was added 2 mL of HC1 (4M in 1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h. The mixture was concentrated to get the 2-chloro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (132 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=373.4.Step B. Synthesis of (R)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 16)-105-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0304] To a solution of (R)-2-chloro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (70 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (29 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in 1-butanol (5 mb) was added DIEA (66 mg, 0.51 mmol, 3 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep- HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm (16min); Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 60% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This afforded Compound 16 (24 mg, 29%) as white solid. [M+H]+=490.0.XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.04-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.44 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.63-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.95-3 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.19 (t, J= 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.74-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.93-7.95 (m, 1H), 8.12-8.14 (m, 2H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 14. Synthesis of (S)- and (R)-3-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2,6-dichloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 17 and 18).-106-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(2,4-dichloro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0305] To a solution of 3-bromo-2,6-dichloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (400 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (338 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1 equiv), Xantphos (145 mg, 0.25 mmol, 0.2 equiv) and CS2CO3 (122 mg, 3.75 mmol, 3 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was added Pd2(dbafi (115 mg, 0.13 mmol, 0.10 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated, extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4, filtrated and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EA) to afford tert-butyl 4-(l-(2,4-dichloro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 3 -yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (400 mg, 63%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=506.9. The racemic material (400 mg) was subjected to chiral chromatography to provide two enantiomers. The first eluting (180) mg was arbitrarily assigned the (S)-configuration and the second eluting (130 mg) was assigned the (R)-configuration. Step B. Synthesis of (S)-2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-3-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0306] To a stirred mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-{ l-[2,4-dichloro-3-(methylsulfamoyl)phenyl]-2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (enantiomer Pl) (70 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (5 mL) was added HCl / dioxane (0.35 mL, 4N, 1.38 mmol, 10 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 30°C for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated to afford 2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-3-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yljbenzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (60 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=406.9Step C. Synthesis of (S)-3-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2,6-dichloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 17)

[0307] To a solution of (S)-2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-3-[2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (60 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 equiv) and DIEA (95 mg, 0.74 mmol, 5 equiv) in n- BuOH (5 mL) was added 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (23 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min, 16min; Gradient: 30% B to 65% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This provided Compound 17 (44 mg, 54%) as a white solid. [M+H] =524.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.17-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.65-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.71 (m, 3H), 3.88 -3.90 (m, 4H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (br s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Step D. Synthesis of (R)-2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-3-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0308] To a stirred mixture of (R)-tert-butyl 4-{ l-[2,4-dichloro-3-(methylsulfamoyl)phenyl]-2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (70 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (5 mL) was added HC1 in dioxane (0.36 mL, 4N, 1.38 mmol, 10 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 30°C for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated to afford the title product (60 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=406.9.-107-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep E. Synthesis of (R)-3-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2,6-dichloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 18)

[0309] To a solution of (R)-2,6-dichloro-N-methyl-3-[2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (60 mg, 0.15 mmol) and DIEA (95.19 mg, 0.74 mmol, 5 equiv) in n-BuOH (8 mL) was added 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (23 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min, 16min; Gradient: 30% B to 65% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This provided Compound 18 (38 mg, 46%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=524. ‘HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.17-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.65- 2.69 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.71 (m, 3H), 3.88 -3.90 (m, 4H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (br s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 15. Synthesis of (S)- and (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 19 and 20).Step A. Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide-108-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0310] To a solution of 5 -bromo-2 -chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (500 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1 equiv) and TEA (526 mg, 5.21 mmol, 3 equiv) in DCM (5 m ) was added CH3NH2 in EtOH (2 mg, 30%, 17.30 mmol, 10.0 equiv) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 30 °C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluted with EA:PE=1:4 to afford 5-bromo-2-chloro-N- methylbenzenesulfonamide (380 mg, 74 %) as a yellow solid. [M-H]+=281.8.Step B. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-chloro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0311] To a solution of 5-bromo-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (340 mg, 1.19 mmol, 1 equiv), tertbutyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (322 mg, 1.19 mmol, 1 equiv), Xantphos (138 mg, 0.24 mmol, 0.20 equiv) and CS2CO3 (1168 mg, 3.58 mmol, 3 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mb) was added Pd2(dba)3 (109 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.10 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated, extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4, fdtrated and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EA) to afford tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-chloro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (480 mg, 81%) as a yellow solid. [M+H] =473. The racemic material (400 mg) was subjected to chiral chromatography to provide two enantiomers. The first eluting (160) mg was arbitrarily assigned the (S)-configuration and the second eluting (170 mg) was assigned the (Reconfiguration.Step C. Synthesis of (S)-2-chloro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0312] To a stirred mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-[(3S)-l-[4-chloro-3-(methylsulfamoyl)phenyl]-2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl]piperazine-l -carboxylate (Pl) (75 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (5 mb) was added HC1 in dioxane (0.40 mb, 4N, 1.60 mmol, 10 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 30°C for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated to afford the title compound (HC1 salt) (60 mg, 91%) as white solid. [M+H]+=373.4.Step D. Synthesis of (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 19)

[0313] To a solution of (S)-2-chloro-N-methyl-5-[(3S)-2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (60 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 equiv) and DIEA (105 mg, 0.80 mmol, 5 equiv) in n-BuOH (8 mb) was added 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine(25 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPEC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Plow rate: 15 mb / min, 16min; Gradient: 30% B to 65% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in Compound 19 (28 mg, 35%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=490. ‘HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.07-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.64- 2.66 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.84 (m, 3H), 3.87 -3.89 (m, 4H), 6.61 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 2.8 Hz 1H), 7.67 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (br, 1H), 7.78-7.81(m, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 11.71 (s, 1H).-109-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep E. Synthesis of (R)-2-chloro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0314] To a stirred mixture of (R)-tert-butyl 4-[(3S)-l-[4-chloro-3-(methylsulfamoyl)phenyl]-2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl]piperazine-l -carboxylate (70 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (4 mL) was added HC1 in dioxane (0.40 mL, 4N, 1.50 mmol, 10.0 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated to afford the title product (HC1 salt) (60 mg, 98%) as white solid. [M+H]+=373Step F. Synthesis of (R)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 20)

[0315] To a solution of (R)-2-chloro-N-methyl-5-[(3S)-2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (60 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 equiv) and DIEA (105 mg, 0.80 mmol, 5 equiv) in n-BuOH (8 mL) was added 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine(25 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min, 16min; Gradient: 30% B to 65% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This provided Compound 20 (33 mg, 46%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=490. ‘HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.07-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.64-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.97-3 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.84 (m, 3H), 3.87 -3.95 (m, 4H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J= 2.8 Hz 1H),7.67 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.81(m, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 16. Synthesis of (R)-and (S)-3-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d1pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 21 and 22)-110-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT22Step A. Synthesis of 3-bromo-5-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide

[0316] To a solution of 3 -bromo-5 -chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (2000 mg, 6.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and TEA (2094 mg, 20.69 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DCM (30 mL) was added dimethylamine (6.90 mL, 13.80 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16h. LCMS showed the reaction was finished. The mixture was extracted with DCM (50 mLx3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4, filtrated and concentrated. The residue was purified by trituration with PE to afford 3-bromo-5-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (1600 mg, 74%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=270.8Step B. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0317] To a solution of 3-bromo-5-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (277 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (250 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Xantphos (107 mg, 0.19 mmol, 0.20 equiv) and CS2CO3 (605 mg, 1.86 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (30-111-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (85 mg, 0.093 mmol, 0.10 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h under N2. The mixture was concentrated and then extracted with EtOAc (50 mLx3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4, filtrated and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EA) to tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-5-(N,N- dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (250 mg, 49%) as a brown solid. [M+23]+=509.0. The racemic material (200 mg) was subjected to chiral chromatography to provide two enantiomers. The first eluting (100) mg was arbitrarily assigned the (R)-configuration and the second eluting (90 mg) was assigned the (S)-configuration.Step C. Synthesis of (R)-3-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1)

[0318] To a solution (S)-4-(l-(3-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (Pl) (90 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (2 mL) was added HC1 in 1,4- dioxane (0.90 mL, 4M, 3.6 mmol, 20.00 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2h. Concentrated to afford the title product (80 mg, 92%) as a white solid, which was used for the next step without further purification. [M+H]+=387.0Step D. Synthesis of (R)-3-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-5-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 21)

[0319] To a solution of 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (32 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and (R)-3- chloro-N,N-dimethyl-5-[2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]benzenesulfonamide(HCl) (80 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5 mL) was added DIEA (80 mg, 0.62 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 95°C for 16h under N2. LCMS showed the reaction was finished. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Plow rate: 15 mL / min, 16min; Gradient: 20% B to 60% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This provided Compound 21 (14 mg, 14%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=504.0. ‘H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.53-2.63 (m, 4H), 2.64- 2.70 (m, 7H), 2.74-2.81 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.89 (m, 5H), 4.04-408 (m, 1H), 6.61 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (t, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (t, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.18 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 11.72 (br, 1H).Step E. Synthesis of (S)-3-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1)

[0320] To a solution of (S)-4-(l-(3-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (85 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (2 mL) was added HC1 in 1,4-dioxane (0.90 mL, 4 M, 3.5 mmol, 20.00 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2h. Concentrated to afford the title product (75 mg, 100%) as a white solid, which was used for the next step without further purification. [M+H]+=387.0Step F. Synthesis of (S)-3-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-5-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 22)-112-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0321] To a solution of 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (30 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and (S)-3- chloro-N,N-dimethyl-5-[2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]benzenesulfonamide(HCl) (75 mg, 0. 19 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5 mL) was added DIEA (75 mg, 0.58 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 95°C for 16h under N2. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep- HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min, 16min; Gradient: 20% B to 60% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This provided Compound 22 (15 mg, 15%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=504.0. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.53-2.63 (m, 4H), 2.64-2.70 (m, 7H), 2.74-2.80 (m, 1H), 3.24- 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.89 (m, 5H), 4.05-4.08 (m, 1H), 6.61 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.49 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (t, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.18 (t, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 17. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-5-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 23 and 24)-113-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[0322] To a solution of 5 -bromo-2 -fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (4000 mg, 14.62 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (36 mL) stirred in air at 0 °C was added methanamine (4542 mg, 43.87 mmol, 30% in MeOH, 3.00 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (60 mL), then extracted with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The reaction mixture was purified by flash by flash chromatography (PE:EA = 20: 1) to afford product 5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (3683 mg, 86% ) as a grey solid. [M-H]+=266.Step B. Synthesis of benzyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0323] To a solution of benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (500 mg, 1.64 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (464 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1.05 equiv), Xantphos (95 mg,-114-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT0.16 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Pd2(dba)3 (151 mg, 0.16 mmol, 0.10 equiv) in dioxane (18.00 mL) stirred under nitrogen at 25 °C was added CS2CO3 (1611 mg, 4.94 mmol, 3.00 equiv) portion wise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. Concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (DCM:MeOH = 20: 1) to afford the titled product (360 mg, 41%) as ayellow oil. The racemic product (192 mg) was subjected to chiral chromatography (Column: IH, Column, 4.6 mm * 250 mm 5 um; Mobile Phase A: Hex, Mobile Phase B: EtOH (0.1% DEA); Flow rate: 1 mL / min; Gradient: 30% B to 70% B in 20 min; Wavelength: 254 run) to provide two enantiomers. The first eluting (62 mg, white solid) was arbitrarily assigned the (R)-configuration and the second eluting (67 mg, white solid) was assigned the (S)-configuration. [M-H]+=489.Step C. Synthesis of (R)-2-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0324] To a solution of (R)-benzyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (62 mg, 0. 12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in IPA / THF (12.00 mL, 8.00 mL / 4.00 mL) stirred under nitrogen at 25 °C was added Pd(OH)2 / C (62 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 5 h under H2. Filtered, then concentrated to afford the title product (46 mg) as a yellow oil, which was gone to next step without further purification. [M-H]+=355.Step D. Synthesis of (R)-5-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 23)

[0325] To a solution of (R)-2-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yljbenzenesulfonamide (41 mg, 0.11 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (18 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.06 equiv) in "BuOH (2.50 mL) stirred under nitrogen at 25 °C was added DIEA (59 mg, 0.45 mmol, 4.00 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and purified by Pre-HPLC (Column: RP -PREP-5 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 35% B to 65% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 254 nm) to afford Compound 23 (26 mg, 48%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=474.1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.62 (m, 5H), 2.70-2.76 (m, IH), 3.23-3.29 (m, IH), 3.87-3.88 (m, 4H), 2.27-2.32 (m, IH), 3.98-4.03 (m, IH), 6.60 (s, IH), 7.18-7.19 (m, IH), 7.48 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.75- 7.76 (m, IH), 7.82-7.85 (m, IH), 8.14 (s, IH), 8.22-8.25 (m, IH), 11.70 (s, IH).Step E. Synthesis of (S)-2-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0326] To a solution of (S)-benzyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (62 mg, 0. 14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in IPA / THF (12.00 mL, 8.00 mL / 4.00 mL) stirred under nitrogen at 25 °C was added Pd(OH)2 / C (67 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 5 h under H2, filtered, then concentrated to afford pthe title product (50 mg, crude product) as a yellow oil, which was gone to next step without further purification.Step F. Synthesis of (S)-5-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 24)-115-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0327] To a solution of (S)-2-fhioro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (47 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (22 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.06 equiv) in "BuOH (2.50 mL) stirred under nitrogen at 25 °C was added DIEA (69 mg, 0.53 mmol, 4.00 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and purified by Pre-HPLC (Column: RP -PREP-5 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 35% B to 65% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 254 nm) to afford Compound 24 (29 mg, 46%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=474.1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.62 (m, 5H), 2.70-2.76 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.88 (m, 4H), 2.27-2.32 (m, 1H), 3.98-4.03 (m, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75- 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.82-7.85 (m, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.25 (m, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 18. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-4-(4-(4- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-JV-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 25 and 26)-116-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0328] To a solution of benzyl piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (11.12 g, 0.051 mol, 1.00 equiv) in EtOH (110 mL) and AcOH (50 mL) was added pyrrolidine-2, 4-dione (5.00 g, 0.051 mol, 1.00 equiv) at RT (~25 °C). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 6 h, then cooled to RT (~25 °C), and NaBffCN (6.35 g, 0.10 mol, 2.00 equiv) was added in portions. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT (~25 °C) for 15 h. The reaction mixture evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 2) and DCM / MeOH (10 / 1, 100 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were evaporated in vacuo,-117-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0 ~ 5% MeOH in DCM) to afford benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (5.30 g, 29%) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 304.Step B. Synthesis of benzyl 4-(l-(3-fluoro-4-(A-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0329] To a mixture of benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (500 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 4-bromo-2-fluoro-A'-mcthylbcnzcncsiilfonamidc (464 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1.05 equiv), CS2CO3 (1.61 g, 4.94 mmol, 3.00 equiv), Xantphos (110 mg, 0.19 mmol, 0. 12 equiv) and Pd2(dba)s (104 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0.069 equiv) was added dioxane (30 mL) at RT (~ 25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under N2 atmosphere and stirred at 100 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0 ~ 100% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford benzyl 4-(l-(3-fluoro- 4-(JV-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (160 mg, 18%) as brown oil. [M+H]+= 491.Step C. Synthesis of two enantiomers of benzyl 4-(l-(3-fluoro-4-(A-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0330] Racemic benzyl 4-( 1 -(3 -fl uoro-4-( '-mcthy 1 sulfamoyl )pheny 1 )-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 - carboxylate (270 mg, 0.55 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was separated by using chiral column (ACN-IPA). The earlier eluting enantiomer (120 mg, yellow solid was arbitrarily assigned the (Reconfiguration. The later eluting enantiomer (90 mg, yellow solid) was assigned the (S)-configuration. [M+H]+= 491.Step D. Synthesis of (R)-2-fluoro-A-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0331] To a solution of (R)-benzyl 4-( I -(3 -fl uoro-4-(A'-mcthy I sulfamoyl )phcny I )-5 -oxopyrrol idin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (60 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in i-PrOH (10 mL) and THF (4 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 / C (62 mg, 0.44 mmol, 3.62 equiv) at RT (~25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under H2 (15 psi) atmosphere and stirred at RT (~25 °C) for 15 h. The reaction mixture was filtered via syringe, the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford the title product (43 mg, 89%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+= 357.Step E. Synthesis of (R)-4-(4-(4-(7 / 7-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-fluoro-A-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 25)

[0332] To a suspension of (R)-2-fluoro-JV-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (43 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5 mL) were added DIEA (78 mg, 0.60 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (24 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.31 equiv) successively at rt (~25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C and stirred for 15 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4.HCC>3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 50% B in 9 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This provided Compound 25 (20 mg, 35%) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 474. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): 5 2.47 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.54-2.68 (m, 5H), 2.72-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.92 (m, 5H), 4.00--118-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT4.08 (m, 1H), 6.59-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.86 (d, J= 13.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Step F. Synthesis of (S)-2-fluoro-A-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0333] To a solution of (S)-benzyl 4-( 1 -(3 -fl uoro-4-(A'-mcthy 1 sulfamoyl )pheny 1 )-5 -oxopyrrol idin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (90 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in i-PrOH (10 mL) and THF (5 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 / C (90 mg, 0.64 mmol, 3.50 equiv) at RT (~25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under H2 (15 psi) atmosphere and stirred at RT (~25 °C) for 15 h. The reaction mixture was fdtered via syringe, the fdtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford the title product (65 mg, 89%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+= 357.Step G. Synthesis of (S)-4-(4-(4-(7 / 7-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2-fluoro-2V-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 26)

[0334] To a suspension of (S)-2-fluoro-JV-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (65 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (6 mL) were added DIEA (118 mg, 0.91 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (37 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.31 equiv) successively at rt (~25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C and stirred for 15 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4.HCC>3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 15% B to 50% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This provided Compound 26 (33 mg, 38%) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 474. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): 5 2.47 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.54-2.68 (m, 5H), 2.72-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.92 (m, 5H), 4.00- 4.08 (m, 1H), 6.59-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.86 (d, J= 13.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 19. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxoazeDan-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 27 and 28)-119-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of benzyl 4-(2-oxoazepan-4-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0335] To a solution of azepane-2, 4-dione (850 mg, 6.69 mmol, l.OOequiv) and benzyl piperazine-1- carboxylate (1694 mg, 7.69 mmol, 1.15eqiv) in EtOH (25 mL) stirred at 80°C was added Ti(i-PrO)4 (3421 mg, 12.03 mmol, 1.80equiv) and then stirred at 80°C for 2 h. Then NaBfhCN (841 mg, 13.37 mmol) was added into the mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH / DCM=20 / 100~35 / 100) to give the product benzyl 4-(2-oxoazepan-4-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (2200 mg, 89%) as brown oil. [M+H]+= 332.Step B. Synthesis of 4-(piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (HC1 salt)-120-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0336] To a solution of benzyl 4-(2-oxoazepan-4-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (1900 mg, 5.73 mmol, l.OOequiv) in MeOH (25 mb) was added 10%Pd / C (610 mg) and con.HCl (0.3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for 16 h under H2. The mixture was fdtered and the fdtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude 4-(piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (HC1 salt) (1790 mg, 100%) as a yellow oil. [M+H]+=198.Step C. Synthesis of 4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one

[0337] To a solution of crude 4-(piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (HC1 salt) (1230 mg, 5.74 mmol, l.OOequiv) and 4-chloro-7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1629 mg, 5.74 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in NMP (20 mL) stirred at R.T was added DIEA (2966 mg, 22.95 mmol, 4.00equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 130°C for 4 h. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was added water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography MeOH / DCM=5 / 95~ 10 / 90) to give the product 4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (2000 mg, 78%) as yellow solid. [M+H]+= 445. The racemic 4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (2000 mg) was separated by using chiral column. The earlier eluting enantiomer (707 mg) was arbitrarily assigned the (R)-configuration. The later eluting enantiomer (698 mg) was assigned the (S)-configuration.Step D. Synthesis of (R)-2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0338] To a solution of (R)-4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (120 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 4-bromo-2-fluoro-N- methylbenzenesulfonamide (87 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.20equiv) and CS2CO3 (176 mg, 0.54 mmol, 2.00equiv) in dioxane (10 mL) stirred under nitrogen at 25°C was added Pdildbaf (25 mg, 0.03 mmol, O. lOequiv) and Xantphos (32 mg, 0.054 mmol, 0.20equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under N2. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH / DCM=5 / 95) to give the title product (147 mg, 73%) as yellow oil [M+H]+= 632.Step E. Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxoazepan-l-yl)-2- fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 27)

[0339] To a solution of (R)-2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (145 mg, 0.23 mmol, l.OOequiv) in DCM (3 mL) at 25 °C was added 4 N HCl / dioxane (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 5h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (4 mL) and added NH3 H2O (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulted residue was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-11 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Plow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 15% B to 55% B in 16 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in Compound 27-121-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT(25 mg, 21%, white solid). [M+H]+= 502. ‘H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.66-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.97 (m, 3H), 2.50-2.54 (m, 5H), 2.67-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.90 (m, 6H), 6.61-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J= 1.6 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J= 1.6 and 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.76 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Step F. Synthesis of (S)-2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0340] To a solution of (S)-4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (120 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 4-bromo-2-fluoro-N- methylbenzenesulfonamide (87 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and CS2CO3 (176 mg, 0.54 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in dioxane (10 mL) stirred under nitrogen at 25°C was added Pd2(dba)s (25 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (32 mg, 0.054 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under N2. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH / DCM=5%~8%) to give the title product (128 mg, 64%) as yellow oil [M+H]+= 632.Step G. Synthesis of (S)-4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxoazepan-l-yl)-2- fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 28)

[0341] To a solution of (S)-2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (125 mg, 0.20 mmol, l.OOequiv) in DCM (3 mL) at 25°C was added 4N HCl / dioxane (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (4 mL) and added NH3H2O (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulted residue was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-11 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 30% B to 50% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This provided Compound 28 (32 mg, 32%) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 502. ‘H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.66-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.94 (m, 3H), 2.50-2.55 (m, 5H), 2.69-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.90 (m, 6H), 6.61-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J= 1.6 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J= 1.6 and 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.76 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Example 20. Synthesis of (S)- and (R)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxocvclopentyl)-N-methyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide (Compounds 29 and 30)-122-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTStep A. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(3-(4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-2- oxocyclopentyl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0342] To a solution of 4-bromo-N-methyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide (159 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (135 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and cesium carbonate (245 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in 20 ml of 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen was added Pd2(dba)s (46 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0. 10 equiv) and Xantphos (58 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% EA). This resulted in tert-butyl 4-(3-(4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-2-oxocyclopentyl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (180 mg, 64%) as yellow oil. [M+H]+=506.Step B. Synthesis of N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)cyclopentyl)-2-(trifluoro methyl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0343] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(3-(4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-2- oxocyclopentyl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (180 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 ml of DCM was added 10 ml of HC1 (4M in 1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The mixture was concentrated to get the N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)cyclopentyl)-2- (trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (165 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=406.Step C. Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxocyclopentyl)-N- methyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide

[0344] To a solution of N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)cyclopentyl)-2-(trifluoro methyl) benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (165 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (53 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 20 ml of 1-butanol was added DIEA (222 mg, 1.72 mmol, 5.00 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM: MeOH=10: l) This resulted in 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pipera zin-1 -yl)-2-oxocyclopentyl)-N-methyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide (90 mg, 51%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=523.Step D. Chiral separation

[0345] Racemic 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxocyclopentyl)-N-methyl-2- (trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide (90 mg) was separated by chiral HPLC to get Compound 29 (35 mg)-123-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT and Compound 30 (40 mg). Absolute stereochemistry was not determined and stereochemical configurations were arbitrarily assigned. Compound 29: ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-t / e): 5 2.07-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.64-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.92 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.17-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J= 1.2Hz,8.8Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H). Compound 30: ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.07-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.92 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.17-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J= 1.2Hz,8.8Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 21. Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-2,6-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (Compound 31).Synthesis of 4-bromo-2,6-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide

[0346] To a solution of 4-bromo-2,6-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.00 g, 0.0031 mol, 1.00 equiv) in NH3.H2O (10 mb) was stirred at 25°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and filtered, the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford 4-bromo-2,6-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (460.00 mg, 50.18%) as a white solid. [M +H]+= 304.Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dichloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate

[0347] To a solution of 4-bromo-2,6-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (250.00 mg, 0.82 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tertbutyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (242.86 mg, 0.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Xantphos (47.43 mg, 0.08 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Pd2(dbafi (75.06 mg, 0.08 mmol, 0.10 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) stirred-124-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT under nitrogen at 25°C was added CS2CO3 (534.15 mg, 1.64 mmol, 2.00 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3). The organic layer was evaporated in vacuo and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0 ~ 10% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dichloro-4- sulfamoylphenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (160.00 mg, 39.56%) as an off-white solid. [M+H]+= 493.Chiral separation

[0348] Tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dichloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (160.00 mg) was separated by chiral HPLC to get two enantiomers (first eluting, El, 60.00 mg) and second eluting (E2, 80.00 mg).Synthesis of 2,6-dichloro-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0349] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-[l-(3,5-dichloro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl]piperazine-l- carboxylate (E2) (80.00 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (6 mL) stirred at 25°C was added 4M HC1 ini, 4- dioxane (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to afford 2,6-dichloro-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (60.00 mg, 87.50%) as an off-white solid. [M+H]+= 393.Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2,6- dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (Compound 31)

[0350] To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (60.00 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and DIEA (35.08 mg, 0.28 mmol, 2.0 equiv) in n-BuOH (8 mL) stirred at 25°C was added 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (21.42 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, then purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 50% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2,6-dichlorobenzenesulfonamide (Compound 31) (3.50 mg, 4.78%) as a white solid. [M+H]+= 510. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-6): 5 2.05-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.89 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s, 2H), 7.94 (s, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 22. Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d1pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-N,2,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 32)-125-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT32Synthesis of 4-bromo-N,2,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamide

[0351] To a solution of 4-bromo-2,6-dimethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (320.00 mg, 1.13 mmol, 1.00 equiv), methanamine (HC1 salt) (380.98 mg, 5.64 mmol, 5.00 equiv) in DCM was added DIEA (1166.78 mg, 9.03 mmol, 8.00 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to get the 4- bromo-N,2,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (295.00 mg, 93.9 %) as yellow solid. [M+H]+=278.0.Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dimethyl-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0352] To a solution of 4-bromo-N,2,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (295.00 mg, 1.06 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (342.76mg, 1.27 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and cesium carbonate (691.06 mg, 2.12 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen was added a solution of Pd2(dba)s (97. 11 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0. 10 equiv) and Xantphos (122.73 mg, 0.21 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% EA). This resulted in tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dimethyl-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (300.00 mg, 60.6%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=467.3.Chiral separation

[0353] Tert-butyl 4-( 1 -(3 ,5 -dimethyl -4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 - carboxylate (300.00 mg) was separated by chiral HPLC to get two isomers (first eluting: El, 135.00 mg El; second eluting: E2, 140.00 mg). The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned.Synthesis of N,2,6-trimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)-126-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0354] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dimethyl-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (E2) (70.00 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (4 mb) was added 2 mb of HC1 (4M in 1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The mixture was concentrated to get the N,2,6-trimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (58.00 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=367.1.Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N,2,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 32)

[0355] To a solution of N,2,6-trimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (58.00 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (22.10 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-butanol (5 mb) was added DIEA (55.79 mg, 0.43 mmol 1, 3.00 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep Cl 8 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm (16min); Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 10% B to 65% B in 9 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (32.00 mg, 46.0%) as white solid. [M+H]+ =484.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.04-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.37 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 3H), 2.58 (s, 6H), 2.62- 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.95-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.89 (m, 7H), 6.61-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.57 (s, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 23. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-vD-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 33 and 34)-127-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of 4-bromo-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[0356] To a solution of 4-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.70 g, 6.70 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (5 mL) was added methanamine (2M in THF, 16.75 mL, 33.50 mmol, 5.00 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25oC for 16h. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated at 50oC to get the product 4-bromo-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (1.00 g, 90% purity, 53.73% yield, white solid). [M+H]+ = 250.Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate

[0357] To a solution of 4-bromo-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (250.20 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tertbutyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (269.42 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and cesium carbonate (651.60 mg, 2.00 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (91.50 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (115.72 mg, 0.20 mmol, 0.20 equiv), stirred under N2 for 16h at lOOoC. The-128-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE / EA= 5: 1) and was concentrated at 50oC to get the product tert-butyl 4-( 1 -(4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (200.00 mg, 90% purity, 76.16% yield, off-white solid). [M+H]+= 439. Chiral separation: 200.00 mg Racemate was separated by chiral HPLC to get two enantiomers (100.00 mg Enantiomer 1 and 85.00 mg Enantiomer 2).Synthesis of Enantiomer 1 of N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0358] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate (Enantiomer Pl) (90.00 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (3 mL) was added 1,4-dioxane / HCl (3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25oC for 2h. The mixture was concentrated at 50°C to get the N-methyl- 4-(2 -oxo-3 -(piperazin- l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (88.00 mg, 93.81% yield) as white solid. [M+H]+= 339.Synthesis of Enantiomer 1 of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 33)

[0359] To a solution ofN-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (88.00 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (33.66 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 1-Butanol (8 mL) was added DIEA (113.52 mg, 0.88 mmol, 4.00 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 15% B to 50% B in 16 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (27.60 mg, 25.05% yield) as white solid. [M+H]+ = 456.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 52.07-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.37 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.64-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.976 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.88 (s, 4H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.9 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Synthesis of Enantiomer 2 of N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0360] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate (E2) (85.00 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (3 mL) was added 1,4-dioxane / HCl (3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2h. The mixture was concentrated to get N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (85.00 mg, 94.85% yield) as white solid. [M+H]+= 339.Synthesis of Enantiomer 2 of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 34)

[0361] To a solution ofN-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (85.00 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (32.13 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 1-butanol (8 mL) was added DIEA (108.36 mg, 0.84 mmol, 4.00 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1%-129-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTNH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 10% B to 50% B in 16 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (26.90 mg, 24.15% yield) as white solid. [M+H]+ = 456.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 52.08-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.38 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.63-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.88-3.90 (m, 4H), 6.1-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.9 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 24. Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)-N,2-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 35)Synthesis of 4-bromo-N,2-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide

[0362] To a solution of 4-bromo-2 -methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.20 g, 4.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF was added methylamine (2M in THF, 11.1 mb, 22.2 mmol, 5.00 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to get the 4-bromo-N,2-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (0.90 g, 76.80 %) as yellow solid. [M+H]+ =264.0.Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-methyl-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine- 1-carboxylate

[0363] To a solution of 4-bromo-N,2-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (200.00 mg, 0.76 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tertbutyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (203.94 mg, 0.76 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and cesium carbonate (493.42 mg, 1.51mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen was added a solution of Pd2(dba)3 (69.344 mg, 0.08 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (87.63 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE / EA= 1:2). This resulted in tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-methyl-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2--130-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (290.00 mg, purity:90%, yield: 76.16%) as yellow solid. [M+H]+=453.0.Chiral separation

[0364] Tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-methyl-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate (290.00 mg) was separated by chiral chromatography to get two enantiomers (first eluting, El, 126.00 mg) and (second eluting, E2, 144.00 mg). The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned.Synthesis of N,2-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0365] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l -(3 -methyl -4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2 -oxopyrrolidin-3 - yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (Enantiomer 2) (144.00 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of DCM was added 2 mL of HC1 (4M in 1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated to get N,2-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3 -(piperazin- l-yl)pyrrolidin-l yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (134.00 mg, >95%) as white solid. [M+H]+=353.Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N,2- dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 35)

[0366] To a solution of N,2-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3 -(piperazin- l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (134.00 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (48.37 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 1-butanol (5 mL) was added DIEA (162.85 mg, 1.26 mmol, 4.00 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm (16min); Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 15% B to 55% B in 16 min, Wavelength: 214 run. This resulted in the titled compound (55.00 mg, 36.56%) as white solid. [M+H]+ =470.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.08-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.38 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.85-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.89 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 6.61 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.80 (m, 3H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.72 (s, 1H).Example 25. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 36 and 37)-131-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate

[0367] To a solution of 5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (350.00 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (386.79 mg, 1.44 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and cesium carbonate (850.72 mg, 2.61 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen was added a solution ofPd2(dba)3 (119.55 mg, 0.13 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (151.08 mg, 0.26 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% EA). This resulted in tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N- methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (410.00 mg, 68.8%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=457.3.Synthesis of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0368] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (166.00 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (5 mL) was added HC1 (2 mL) (4M in 1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The mixture was concentrated to get the2-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (145.00 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=357.1.Synthesis of 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro- N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[0369] To a solution of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (145.00 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (62.47 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-butanol (5 mL) was added DIEA (157.72 mg, 1.22 mmol, 3.00 equiv). The mixture-132-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM: MeOH=10: l) This resulted in 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (136.00 mg, 70.6%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=474.1.Chiral separation

[0370] Racemic 5 -(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-fluoro- N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (136.00 mg) was separated to get a first eluting enantiomer (enantiomer 1, 22.00 mg) and a second eluting enantionmer (enantiomer 2, 20.00 mg). The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. Compound 36 (Enantiomer 1): [M+H]+ =474.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.04-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.97-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.49 (t, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.84 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.26 (m, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H). Compound 37 (Enantiomer 2): [M+H]+ =474.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 52.06-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.71- 3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.48 (t, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.84 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.24-8.26 (m, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Example 26. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-3-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxoDyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 38 and 39)38 39Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0371] To a solution of 3-bromo-5-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (424.00 mg, 1.42 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (382.46 mg, 1.42 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and-133-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT cesium carbonate (1387.99 mg, 4.26 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen was added Pd2(dba)3 (65.02 mg, 0.71 mmol, 0.05 equiv) and Xantphos (82.16 mg, 0.14 mmol, 0.10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% EA). This resulted in tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (526.00 mg, 72.3%) as off-white solid. [M+H-56]+=430.8.Synthesis of 3-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0372] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (220.00 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 m DCM was added 2 m HC1 (4M in 1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The mixture was concentrated to get the 3- chloro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (223.00 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=386.8.Synthesis of 3-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-chloro- N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide

[0373] To a solution of 3-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (223.00 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine (88.55 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 1-butanol (5 mb) was added DIEA (223.50 mg, 1.73 mmol, 3.00 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10: l).This resulted in 3-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 -chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (88.00 mg, 30.7%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=504.1.Chiral separation

[0374] Racemic 3 -(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 -chloro- N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (88.00 mg) was separated by chiral HPEC to get two enantiomers (first eluting, 10.00 mg Enantiomer 1 and 9.00 mg second eluting, Enantiomer 2). The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. Compound 38 (Enantiomer 1): [M+H]+ =540.1. ’HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.04-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.67 (m, 8H), 2.95-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.15 (m, 2H), 11.71 (s, 1H). Compound 39 (Enantiomer 2): [M+H]+ =504.1. ’HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.07-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.66 (s, 8H), 2.95-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.78 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.15 (m, 2H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 27. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)- 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 40 and 41)-134-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT40 41Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0375] To a solution of 5-bromo-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (300.00 mg, 1.06 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (342.76 mg, 1.27 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and cesium carbonate (692.89 mg, 2.13 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen was added a solution of Pd2(dba)3 (97.37 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (123.05mg, 0.21 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% EA). This resulted in tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-4- fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (420.00 mg, 84.2%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=471.3.Synthesis of 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0376] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-4-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (150.00 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (5 mL) was added 2 mL of HC1 (4M in 1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The mixture was concentrated to get the 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (135.00 mg, >100%) as white solid. [M+H]+=371.1.Synthesis of 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro- N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide

[0377] To a solution of 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (135.00 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine (55.96 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-butanol (5 mL) was added DIEA (141.29 mg, 1.09-135-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT mmol, 3.00 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM: MeOH=5: l) This resulted in 5-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (136.00 mg, 76.5%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=488.1.Chiral separation

[0378] 5 -(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-fluoro-N,N- dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (136.00 mg) was separated by chiral chromatography to get 15.00 mg first eluting (Enantiomer 1) and second eluting (17.00 mg, enantiomer 2). The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. Compound 40 (Enantiomer 1): [M+H]+ =488.1.XH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 52.04-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 6H), 2.96- 3.01 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.90 (m, 7H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.54 (t, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.88 (m, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.25 (m, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H). Compound 41 (Enantiomer 2): [M+H]+ =488.1. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.04-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 6H), 2.96-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.90 (m, 7H), 6.60-6.61 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.54 (t, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.88 (m, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.23- 8.25 (m, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).Example 28. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)- 5-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 42 and 43)-136-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of benzyl 4-(l-(3-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-4-fluorophenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine- 1-carboxylate

[0379] To a solution of benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (500.00 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dioxane (20.00 mL) was added 5-bromo-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (465.01 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 (150.93 mg, 0.16 mmol, 0.10 equiv), Xantphos (190.74 mg, 0.32 mmol, 0.20 equiv), Cs2CO3 (1.61 g, 4.94 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and the mixture was stirred at 100 °C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 h. When the reaction finished, the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EA. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo to afford a residue. Then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluting with PE:EA= 5: 1~2: 1) to afford benzyl 4-( 1 -(3 -(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-4-fluorophenyl)-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (450.00 mg, 54.11%) as brown solid. [M+H+] =505.Chiral separation

[0380] Racemic 4-( 1 -(3 -(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-4-fluorophenyl)-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 - carboxylate was separated by chiral chromatography to get two enantiomers. The first enantiomer eluting was 170.00 mg and the second eluting was 150.00 mg. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned.Synthesis of 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide-137-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0381] To a solution of benzyl 4-{ l-[3-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-4-fluorophenyl]-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (Enantiomer 1) (60 mg, 0.12 mmol) in EA (5.00 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 / C (30.00 mg) and the mixture was stirred at 25°C under H2 atmosphere for 16 h. When the reaction finished, the mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford crude 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-4- (piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (43 mg, 97.65%) as brown oil. [M+H]+ =371.Synthesis of Enantiomer 1 of 5-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 42)

[0382] To a solution 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-[2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (43.00 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5.00 mL) was added 4-chloro-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (17.83 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv), DIEA (45.01 mg, 0.36 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and the mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The resulted solution was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-5 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 65% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (16.54 mg, 29.20%) as white solid. [M+H]+ =488. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.55-2.63 (m, 5H), 2.71-2.77 (m, 7H), 3.24-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.04 (m, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.56 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.90 (m, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.24 (m, 1H), 11.72 (s, 1H).Synthesis of 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0383] To a solution of benzyl 4-{ l-[3-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-4-fluorophenyl]-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (Enantiomer 2) (80 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in EA (5.00 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 / C (40.00 mg) and the mixture was stirred at 25 °C under H2 atmosphere for 16 h. When the reaction finished, the mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford a crude 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-(2- oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (55.00 mg, 93.69%) as brown oil. [M+H]+ =371.Synthesis of Enantiomer 2 of 5-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 43)

[0384] To a solution 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-5-[2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (55.00 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5.00 mL) was added 4-chloro-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (22.80 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.00 equiv), DIEA (57.58 mg, 0.45 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and the mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The resulted solution was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-5 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 65% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (16.54 mg, 29.20%) as white solid. [M+H]+ =488. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.55-2.63 (m, 5H), 2.71-2.77 (m, 7H), 3.24-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.04 (m, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.56 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.90 (m, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.24 (m, 1H), 11.72 (s, 1H).-138-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTExample 29. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)- 3-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-flnoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 44 and 45)Synthesis of benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0385] To a solution of benzyl piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (11.12 g, 0.051 mol, 1.00 equiv) in EtOH (110 mL) and AcOH (50 mL) was added pyrrolidine-2, 4-dione (5.00 g, 0.051 mol, 1.00 equiv) at RT (~25°C). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50°C for 6 h, then cooled to RT (~25°C), and NaBH3CN (6.35 g, 0.10 mol, 2.00 equiv) was added in portions. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT (~25 °C) for 15 h. The reaction mixture evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 2) and DCM / MeOH (10 / 1, 100 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were evaporated in vacuo,-139-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0 ~ 5% MeOH in DCM) to afford benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (5.30 g, 29.11%) as a white solid. [M+H] + = 304.Synthesis of benzyl 4-(l-(3-fluoro-5-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate

[0386] To a solution of benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (1.00 g, 3.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 3-bromo-5-fhioro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (0.93 g, 3.50 mmol, 1.05 equiv) in dioxane (50 mL) were added Cs2CO3 (3.23 g, 9.90 mmol, 3.00 equiv), Xantphos (0.19 g, 0.33 mol, 0.10 equiv) and Pd2(dba)3 (0.15 g, 0.17 mol, 0.05 equiv) successively at RT (~ 25°C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under N2 atmosphere and stirred at 100°C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT (~25°C), diluted with water (100 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The organic layer was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0 ~ 100% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford benzyl 4-(l-(3-fluoro-5-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate (246.00 mg, 9.09%) as a brown solid. [M+H] + = 491.Chiral separation

[0387] Racemic benzyl 4-( 1 -(3 -fluoro-5 -(N -methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 - carboxylate (230.00 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was separated by using chiral column (Hex-EtOH) to provide a first eluting enantiomer (Enantiomer 1, 65 mg) as a yellow solid and a second eluting enantiomer (Enantiomer 2, 52 mg) as a yellow solid. 50.87% recovery. [M+H] + = 491. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned.Synthesis of 3-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0388] To solution of benzyl 4-(l -(3 -fluoro-5 -(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 - yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (Enantiomer 1) (35.00 mg, 0.071 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in i-PrOH (8 mL) and THF (4 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 / C (50.00 mg) at RT (~25°C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under H2 (15 psi) atmosphere and stirred at RT (~25°C) for 5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered via syringe, the resulting filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford 3-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (25.00 mg, 88.50%) as a yellow solid. [M+H] + = 357.Synthesis of Enantiomer 1 of 3-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 44)

[0389] To a solution of 3-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (25.00 mg, 0.07 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (4 mL) were added 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (11.30 mg, 0.07 mmol, 1.05 equiv) and DIEA (31.71 mg, 0.25 mmol, 3.50 equiv) successively at rt (~25°C). Then the reaction mixture was heated to 100°C and stirred for 15 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 15% B to 55% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (12.68 mg, 36.80%) as a white solid. [M+H] + = 474. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.45 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.54-2.68 (m, 5H), 2.72-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.92 (m, 5H), 4.00--140-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT4.08 (m, 1H), 6.58-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Synthesis of 3-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0390] To solution of benzyl 4-(l-(3-fluoro-5-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (Enantiomer 2) (52.00 mg, 0.11 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in i-PrOH (8 mL) and THF (4 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 / C (95.27 mg) at RT (~25°C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under H2 (15 psi) atmosphere and stirred at RT (~25°C) for 15 h. The reaction mixture was fdtered via syringe, the resulting fdtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford 3-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (37.00 mg, 90.19%) as a yellow solid. [M+H] + = 357.Synthesis of Enantiomer 2 of 3-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 45)

[0391] To a solution of 3-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (37.00 mg, 0.10 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5 mL) were added 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (20.08 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.26 equiv) and DIEA (62.65 mg, 0.48 mmol, 4.67 equiv) successively at rt (~25°C). Then the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C and stirred for 15 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 15% B to 55% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (16.23 mg, 32.27%) as a white solid. [M+H] + = 474. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.45 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.54-2.68 (m, 5H), 2.72-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.92 (m, 5H), 4.00- 4.08 (m, 1H), 6.58-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Example 30. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 46 and 47)-141-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0392] To a solution of benzyl piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (11.12 g, 0.051 mol, 1.00 equiv) in EtOH (110 mL) and AcOH (50 mL) was added pyrrolidine-2, 4-dione (5.00 g, 0.051 mol, 1.00 equiv) at RT (~25 °C). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 6 h, then cooled to RT (~25 °C), and NaBH3CN (6.35 g, 0. 10 mol, 2.00 equiv) was added in portions. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT (~25 °C) for 15 h. The reaction mixture evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 2) and DCM / MeOH (10 / 1, 100 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0 ~ 5% MeOH in DCM) to afford benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (5.30 g, 29.11%) as a white solid. [M+H] + = 304.Synthesis of benzyl 4-(l-(3-fluoro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate-142-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0393] To a mixture of benzyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (500 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (464.00 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1.05 equiv), Cs2CO3 (1.61 g, 4.94 mmol, 3.00 equiv), Xantphos (110.00 mg, 0.19 mmol, 0.12 equiv) and Pd2(dba)3 (104.00 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0.069 equiv) was added dioxane (30 mb) at RT (~ 25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under N2 atmosphere and stirred at 100 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0 ~ 100% EtOAc in petroleum ether) to afford benzyl 4-( 1 -(3 -fluoro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (160.00 mg, 17.89%) as brown oil. [M+H] + = 491.Chiral Separation

[0394] Racemic benzyl 4-( 1 -(3 -fluoro-4-(N -methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 - carboxylate (270.00 mg, 0.55 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was separated by using chiral column (ACN-IPA) to provide a first eluting enantiomer (Enantiomer 1, 120.00 mg) as a yellow solid and second eluting enantiomer(Enantiomer 2, 90.00 mg) as a yellow solid. 77.78% recovery. [M+H] + = 491. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned.Synthesis of Enantiomer 1 of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0395] To a solution of benzyl 4-(l -(3 -fluoro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 - yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (60.00 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) (Enantiomer Pl) in i-PrOH (10 mL) and THF (4 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 / C (62.17 mg, 0.44 mmol, 3.62 equiv) at RT (~25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under H2 ( 15 psi) atmosphere and stirred at RT (~25 °C) for 15 h. The reaction mixture was filtered via syringe, the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Enantiomer Pl-1) (43.00 mg, 88.80%) as a yellow solid. [M+H] + = 357.Synthesis of Enantiomer 1 of 4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 46)

[0396] To a suspension of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (Enantiomer 1) (43.00 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5 mL) were added DIEA (77.93 mg, 0.60 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (24.30 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.31 equiv) successively at rt (~25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C and stirred for 15 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 20% B to 50% B in 9 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (20.42 mg, 35.32%) as a white solid. [M+H] + = 474. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 52.47 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.54-2.68 (m, 5H), 2.72-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.24- 3.28 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.92 (m, 5H), 4.00-4.08 (m, 1H), 6.59-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H).-143-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of Enantiomer 2 of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0397] To a solution of benzyl 4-(l-(3-fluoro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (90.00 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) (Enantiomer 2) in i-PrOH (10 mL) and THF (5 mL) was added Pd(OH)2 / C (90.19 mg, 0.64 mmol, 3.50 equiv) at RT (~25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was placed under H2 ( 15 psi) atmosphere and stirred at RT (~25 °C) for 15 h. The reaction mixture was filtered via syringe, the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (Enantiomer P2-1) (65.00 mg, 89.43%) as a yellow solid. [M+H] + = 357.Synthesis of Enantiomer 2 of 4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 47)

[0398] To a suspension of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (Enantiomer 2) (65.00 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (6 mL) were added DIEA (117.87 mg, 0.91 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (36.75 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.31 equiv) successively at rt (~25 °C). Then the reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C and stirred for 15 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 15% B to 50% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in Compound 47 (33.43 mg, 38.38%) as a white solid. [M+H] + = 474. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.47 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.54-2.68 (m, 5H), 2.72-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.92 (m, 5H), 4.00-4.08 (m, 1H), 6.59-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 13.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.71 (s, 1H).Example 31. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)- 5-(3-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d1pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 48 and 49)-144-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperidine- 1-carboxylate

[0399] The mixture of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (300 mg, 1.11 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (359.65 mg, 1.17 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Xant Phos (129.37 mg, 0.22 mmol, 0.20 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 (102.37 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (728.47 mg, 2.23 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in dioxane (20 mL) was stirred at 100°C under N2 for 16h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH= 100 / 0-95 / 5) to give tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 3 -yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (380.00 mg, 74.6%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]-=454.0.Synthesis of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0400] To the mixture of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-fluoro-3-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (380.00 mg, 0.83 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added 4. ON HC1 in dioxane (10 mL) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2h. The mixture was concentrated to give 2-fluoro- N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (350.00 mg, >99%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=356.0.Synthesis of 5-(3-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro- N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[0401] The mixture of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (350 mg, 0.98 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (151.22 mg, 0.98 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and DIEA (509.05 mg, 3.93 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in n-butyl alcohol (15 mL) was stirred at 110°C under N2 for 4h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography-MS-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT(DCM / MeOH= 100 / 0 ~ 90 / 10) to give 5-(3-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (235.00 mg, 50.5%) as a white solid.Chiral separation

[0402] Racemic 5 -(3 -( 1 -(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-fluoro- N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (100.00 mg) was separated by Prep-Chiral HPLC with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IBN 3*25 cm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Hex; Mobile Phase B: EtOH; Flow rate: 25 mL / min; Gradient: 70% B; Wavelength: 254 nm. This resulted in (S)- 5-(3-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide and (R)- 5 -(3 - (l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N- methylbenzenesulfonamide. The first eluting enantiomer (35.00 mg, 35.0%) as white solid was Compound 48 and the second eluting enantiomer (40.00 mg, 40.0%) as white solid was Compound 49. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. Compound 48 (Enantiomer 1): LCMS: [M+H]+ =473.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.36-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.64 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 1.84-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.00 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.51 (m, 3H), 2.66-2.72 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.73 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.22-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.47 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.73-7.82 (m, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.23-8.26 (m, 1H), 11.90 (s, 1H). Compound 49 (Enantiomer 2): LCMS: [M+H]+ =473.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.35-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.64 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 1.84-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.00 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.10-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.51 (m, 3H), 2.66-2.72 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.16 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.75 (m, 2H), 6.65 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.21-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.47 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.73-7.82 (m, 2H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.24-8.26 (m, 1H), 11.87 (s, 1H).Example 32. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-4-(3-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d1pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 50 and 51)-146-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-3-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate

[0403] The mixture of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (300 mg, 1.11 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 4-bromo-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (327.61 mg, 1.17 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Xant Phos (129.37 mg, 0.22 mmol, 0.20 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 (102.37 mg, 0.11 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (728.47 mg, 2.23 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in dioxane (20 mL) was stirred at 100°C under N2 for 16h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated, the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH= 100 / 0 ~ 95 / 5) to give tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-3-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperidine-l- carboxylate (451.00 mg, 86.73%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]-=470.0.Synthesis of 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0404] To the mixture of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-3-fluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (422.33mg, 0.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added HC1 in dioxane (10 mL 4. ON ) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at rt for 2h. The mixture was concentrated to give 2-fluoro-N,N- dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide hydrogen chloride (362.00 mg, 100%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=370.0.Synthesis of 4-(3-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro- N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide

[0405] The mixture of 2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide hydrogen chloride (361.62mg, 0.98 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine (151.22 mg, 0.98 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and DIEA (509.05 mg, 3.93 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in n-butyl alcohol (15 mL) was stirred at 110°C under N2 for 4h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated, the residue-147-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT was purified by flash column chromatography (DCM / MeOH= 100 / 0 ~ 90 / 10) to give 4-(3-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (245.28 mg, 51.5%) as a white solid.Chiral separation

[0406] Racemic 4-(3 -( 1 -(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-fluoro- N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (100.00 mg) was separated by Prep- Chiral HPLC with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IBN 3*25 cm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Hex; Mobile Phase B: EtOH; Flow rate: 25 mL / min; Gradient: 70% B; Wavelength: 254 nm. This resulted in a first eluting enantiomer (Enantiomer 1; Compound 50; 37.00 mg, 35.12%) and a second eluting enantiomer (Enantiomer 2; Compound 51; 42.00 mg, 40.23%) each as white solids. Compound 50 (Enantiomer 1): LCMS: [M+H]+ =487.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.40-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.62 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 1.82-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.99 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.71 (s, 6H), 3.02-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.76 (m, 2H), 6.57-6.59 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.87 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.25 (m, 1H), 11.87 (s, 1H). Compound 51 (Enantiomer 2): LCMS: [M+H]+ =487.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.40-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.62 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 1.82-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.99 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.71 (s, 6H), 3.02-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.76 (m, 2H), 6.57-6.59 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.87 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.22- 8.25 (m, 1H), 11.87 (s, 1H).Example 33. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-5-(4-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 52 and 53)-148-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of 2-chloro-5-(4-(l-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[0407] To the solution of 4-(l-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one (Enantiomer 1; Example 44) (60.00 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dioxane (3 mL) was added 5-bromo-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (38.79 mg, 0.14 mmol, l.OOequiv), xantphos (16.75 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.20equiv), Pd(dba)3 (8.32 mg, 0.01 mmol, O. lOequiv) and Cs2CO3 (141.44 mg, 0.43 mmol, 3.00equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen and heated to 100°C for 16 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was diluted with 40 mL of EA, the organic was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and the residue was purification through flash chromatography (PE:EA = 60-90%) to afford 2-chloro-5-(4-(l-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (47.00 mg, 49.83%) as a white solid. [M+H]+ =603.1.Synthesis of 2-chloro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(l-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0408] To a solution of 2-chloro-5-(4-(l-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4- yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (47.00 mg, 0.08 mmol, l.OOequiv) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (43.27 mg, 0.38 mmol, 5.00equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 30°C for 2 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to give crude 2-fluoro- 5 -(4-( 1 -(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N- methylbenzenesulfonamide (36.00 mg, 92.09%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=519.1.-149-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of Enantiomer 1 of 5-(4-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 52)

[0409] To the mixture of 2-fluoro-5-(4-(l-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin- 4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (36.00 mg, 0.07 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ACN (15 mL) was added K2CO3 (47.95 mg, 0.35 mmol, 5.00 equiv) at 25°C, the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16h. The mixture was cooled and filtered, the filtrate was concentrated, The resulted solution was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP-PREP-11 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 25% B to 60% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (13.00 mg, 38.25%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=489.1. ’H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.22-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.86 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.44 (m, 4H), 2.56-2.67 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.95 (m, 1H), 4.69-4.75 (m, 2H), 6.55-6.58 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.83 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.42(m, 1H), 11.65 (s,lH).Synthesis of 2-chloro-5-(4-(l-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[0410] To the solution of 4-(l-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-2-one (Enantiomer 2; Example 44) (60.00 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dioxane (3 mL) was added 5-bromo-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (38.79 mg, 0.14 mmol, l.OOequiv), xantphos (16.75 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.20equiv), Pd(dba)3 (8.32 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (141.44 mg, 0.43 mmol, 3.00equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen and heated to 100°C for 16 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was diluted with 40 mL of EA, the organic was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and the residue was purification through flash chromatography (PE:EA = 60-90%) to afford 2-chloro-5-(4-(l-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (45.00 mg, 47.68%) as a white solid. [M+H]+ =603.1.Synthesis of 2-chloro-N-methyl-5-(2-oxo-4-(l-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0411] To a solution of 2-chloro-5-(4-(l-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4- yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (40.00 mg, 0.06 mmol, l.OOequiv) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (36.83 mg, 0.32 mmol, 5.00equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 30°C for 2 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to give crude 2-fluoro- 5 -(4-( 1 -(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N- methylbenzenesulfonamide (30.00 mg, 90.25%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=519.1.Synthesis of Enantiomer 2 of 5-(4-(l-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 53)

[0412] To the mixture of 2-fluoro-5-(4-(l-(7-(hydroxymethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidin- 4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (30.00 mg, 0.06 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ACN (15-150-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT mL) was added K2CO3 (39.96 mg, 0.28 mmol, 5.00 equiv) at 25°C, the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16h. The mixture was cooled and filtered, the filtrate was concentrated, The resulted solution was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-11 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 25% B to 60% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in the titled compound (15.00 mg, 52.98%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=489.1. 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.22-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.87(m, 3H), 2.33-2.59 (m, 4H), 2.41-2.47 (m, 4H), 2.51-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.60 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.91 (m, 1H), 4.71- 4.74 (m, 2H), 6.56-6.58 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.82 (m, 1H), 8. 13(s, 1H), 8.42 (d, J= Hz, 1H), 11.65 (s,lH).Example 34. Synthesis of an Enantiomer of 4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxoazepan-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 54)Enantiomer 1 Enantiomer 2Enantiomer 2 Enantiomer 2Synthesis of benzyl 4-(2-oxoazepan-4-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate-151-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0413] To a solution of azepane-2, 4-dione (0.85 g, 6.69 mmol) and benzyl piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (1.70 g, 7.69 mmol) in EtOH (25 m ) stirred at 80°C was added Ti(i-PrO)4 (3.43 g, 12.033 mmol] and then stirred at 80°C for 2 h. Then NaBH3CN (841.00 mg, 13.37 mmol) was added into the mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C for 16 h. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH / DCM=20%~35%) to give the product benzyl 4-(2-oxoazepan-4-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (2.20 g, 89.3%) as brown oil. [M+H] + = 332.Synthesis of 4-(piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (HC1 salt)

[0414] To a solution of benzyl 4-(2-oxoazepan-4-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (1.90 mg, 5.74 mmol) in MeOH (25 m ) was added 10%Pd / C (610 mg) and con.HCl (0.3 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 h under H2 (1 atm). ECMS showed the desired mass was found and the reaction was finished. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude 4-(piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (HC1 salt) (1.79 g, purity:60 %, yield: 95%) as yellow oil, which was used to next step directly. [M+H] + = 198.Synthesis of 4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l- yl)azepan-2-one (Enantiomer 1 & Enantiomer 2)

[0415] To a solution of 4-(piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (HC1 salt) (1230.00 mg, 5.74 mmol) and 4-chloro-7- ((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1629.00 mg, 5.74 mmol) in NMP (20 mb) stirred at R.T was added DIEA (2966.00 mg, 22.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 130°C for 4 h. ECMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was added water (50 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (3* 15 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH / DCM=5%~10%) to give the product 4-(4-(7-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (2000 mg). Separation by chiral-HPEC gave two enantiomers, first eluting-Enantiomer 1: 707 mg yellow solid. ECMS:445[M+H]+. Second eluting- Enantiomer 2: 698 mg yellow solid. ECMS:445[M+H]+. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned.Synthesis of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0416] To a solution of 4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-2-one (Enantiomer 2) (120.00 mg, 0.27 mmol), 4-bromo-2-fluoro-N- methylbenzenesulfonamide (87.00 mg, 0.33 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (176.00 mg, 0.54 mmol) in dioxane (10 mb) stirred under nitrogen at 25°C was added Pd2(dba)3 (25.00 mg, 0.03 mmol) and Xantphos (32.00 mg, 0.06 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h under N2. ECMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH / DCM=0 / 100~5 / 95) to give the product 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(4-(7-((2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)azepan- 1 - yl)benzenesulfonamide (128.00 mg, 63.8%) as yellow oil. [M+H] + = 632.Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxoazepan-l-yl)-2-fluoro-N- methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 54)-152-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT

[0417] To a solution of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(4-(7-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)azepan-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (125.00 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) at 25 °C was added 4N HCl / dioxane (4 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16 h. LCMS showed the desired mass 532[M+H] was found. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (4 mL) and added ammonium hydroxide (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 h. LCMS showed the desired mass 502 [M+H] was found. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulted residue was purified using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: RP -PREP-11 Xbridge C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min; Gradient: 25% B to 58% B in 10 min; Wavelength: 214 nm. This resulted in Compound 54 (32.00 mg, 31.6%) as a white solid. [M+H] + = 502. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 1.66-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.94 (m, 3H), 2.50-2.55 (m, 5H), 2.70-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.90 (m, 6H), 6.61 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.76 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.68 (s, 1H).Example 36. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2,6-difluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 55 and 56)Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0418] To a solution of 4-bromo-2,6-difluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (175.00 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (172.76 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and cesium carbonate (379.97 mg, 1.16 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen was added a-153-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT solution of Pd2(dba)3 (53.40 mg, 0.058 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (67.48 mg, 0.12mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h. The mixture was concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100% EA). This resulted in tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-3,5- difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (225.00 mg, 79.0%) as brown solid. [M+H]+=489.2.Synthesis of 2,6-difluoro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt)

[0419] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (220.00 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 m of DCM was added 2 m of HC1 (4M in 1,4-dioxane). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The mixture was concentrated to get the 2,6-difluoro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (190.00 mg, >100%) as gray solid. [M+H]+=389.1.Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2,6- difluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide

[0420] To a solution of 2,6-difluoro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (HC1 salt) (190.00 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidine (68.68 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-butanol (10 mb) was added DIEA (231.18 mg, 1.79 mmol, 4.00 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM: MeOH=5: l) This resulted in 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2,6-difluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (140.00 mg, 61.9%) as off-white solid. [M+H]+=506.1.Chiral separation

[0421] Racemic 4-(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2,6- difluoro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (140.00 mg) was separated by chiral chromatography to get 20.00 mg of a first eluting enantiomer (Compound 55) and 17.00 mg of a second eluting enantiomer (Compound 56). The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. Compound 55 (Enantiomer 1): [M+H]+ =506.1. 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 52.07-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 6H), 2.93-2.99 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.89 (m, 7H), 6.60-6.61 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.73 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.70 (s, 1H). Compound 56 (Enantiomer 2): [M+H]+ =506.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 52.04-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 6H), 2.93-2.99 (m, 2H), 3.69- 3.89 (m, 7H), 6.60-6.61 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.73 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Example 37. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compounds 57 and 58)-154-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0422] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (200.00 mg, 0.66 mmol, 1.00 equiv) , tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxy late (177.00 mg, 0.66 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (643.00 mg, 1.98 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in 20 ml of 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen at 25°C was added Pd2dba3 (30.20 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (38.25 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column (PE:EA=1: 1-100%) to give the product tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l- carboxylate (290.00 mg, 89.50 %) as a white solid. [M+H] +=492.Synthesis of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0423] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-methylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (290.00 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 ml of DCM stirred in air at 25°C was added 10 ml of HC1 in 1,4-dioxane dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the product 2-chloro-6- fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (346.00 mg, >100%) as a yellow solid. [M+H]+=392.Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro- 6-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide

[0424] To a solution of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-methyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (346.00 mg, 0.88 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-155-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT(108.74 mg, 0.44 mmol, 0.70 equiv) in 20 ml of n-BuOH stirred in air at 25°C was added DIEA (572.00 mg, 4.40 mmol, 5.00 equiv) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10: 1). This resulted in 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (100.00 mg, 30.7%) as off- white solid. [M+H]+=508.Chiral separation

[0425] Racemic 4-(3 -(4-(7H-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin- 1 -yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-chloro- 6-fluoro-N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (100.00 mg) was separated by chiral HPLC to get two enantiomers (15.00 mg Enantiomer 1, first eluting, Compound 57) and 15.00 mg second eluting (Enantiomer 2, Compound 58) both as a white solid. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. Compound 58: [M+H]+=508. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 2.05-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.51 -2.53 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.92-2.98 (m, 2H), 3.70 -3.90 (m, 7H), 6.58-6.62 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.71-7.77 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.90 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Example 38. Synthesis of an Enantiomer of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2,6-dichloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 59)59Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dichloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0426] To a solution of 4-bromo-2,6-dichloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide(251.00 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (203.00 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (491.00 mg, 1.50 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 20 mb of 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen at 25°C was added Pd2(dba)3 (69.00 mg, 0.07 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (87.00 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column (PE:EA=1: 1-100%) to give tertbutyl 4-(l-(3,5-dichloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (300.00 mg, 68.70 %) as a yellow oil. [M+H]+=521.-156-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of 2,6-dichloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0427] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3,5-dichloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (300.00 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of DCM stirred in air at 25°C was added 10 mL of TFA. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 2,6-dichloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin- 1 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzenesulfonamide (410.00 mg, 98.77%) as a yellow solid. [M+H] +=421.Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2,6- dichloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 59)

[0428] To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (410.00 mg, 0.97 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (149.00 mg, 0.97 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of n-BuOH stirred in air at 25°C was added DIEA(377.00 mg, 2.92 mmol, 3.00 equiv) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (H2O:ACN=20%~55%) and Chiral-Prep-HPLC to give the title product (Compound 59; 60.00 mg, 10.88 %) as a white solid. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. [M+H]+=538. ‘HNMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) 52.08 (m, 1H), 2.30 - 2.19 (m, 1H), 2.67 - 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 6H), 3.00 - 2.91 (m, 2H), 3.74 (dd, J = 19.2, 9.4 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (dd, J = 11.6, 6.7 Hz, 5H), 6.60 (dd, J = 3.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24 - 7.14 (m, 1H), 8.00 (s, 2H), 8.15 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Example 39. Synthesis of an Enantiomer of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxoDyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 60)Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0429] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (150.00 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxy late (135.00 mg, 0.50 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (327.00 mg, 1.00 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 20 mL of 1,4-dioxane stirred under nitrogen at 25°C was added Pd2(dba)3 (46.00 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (58.00 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The-157-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column (PE:EA=1: 1-100%) to give tertbutyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate (210.00 mg, 77.25%) as a yellow oil. [M+H]+=487.Synthesis of 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide

[0430] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (210.00 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mb of DCM stirred in air at 25°C was added 10 mb of HC1 in 1,4-dioxane dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours. LCMS showed the desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl- 4-(2 -oxo-3 -(piperazin- l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide (205.00 mg, 98.21%) as a yellow solid. [M+H] +=387.Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro- N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 60)

[0431] To a solution of 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-3-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzenesulfonamide (205.00 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (68.46 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 20 mb of n-BuOH stirred in air at 25°C was added DIEA(288.00 mg, 2.20 mmol, 5.00 equiv) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated. The mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (H2O:ACN=15%~55%) and Chiral-Prep-HPLC to give the title product (Compound 60, 62.00 mg, 26.22 %) as a white solid. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned. [M+H]+=504. 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 52.16 - 2.05 (m, 1H) 2.32 - 2.21 (m, 1H), 2.69 - 2.62 (m, 2H), 3.03 - 2.91 (m, 2H),3.77 (dd, J = 17.5, 8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.93 - 3.82 (m, 5H), 6.61 (dd, J = 3.5, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J = 3.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.98 - 7.92 (m, 1H), 8.16 - 8.10 (m, 2H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Example 40. Synthesis of (R)- and (S)-4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 61 and 62)-158-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of 4-bromo-2-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide

[0432] To a solution of 4-bromo-2 -chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (3.50 g, 12.07 mmol, 1.00 equiv) andTEA (3.66 g, 36.21 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DCM (25 mL) was added dimethylamine (12.1 mL, 2M, 24.14 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 16h. The mixture was extracted with DCM (30 mLx3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtrated and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE / EA = 1 / 5) to afford the title compound (3.00 g, 79.08%) as a yellow solid.Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine-l-carboxylate

[0433] To a solution of 4-bromo-2-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (300.00 mg, 1.01 mmol, 1.00 equiv), tert-butyl 4-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (291.69 mg, 1.01 mmol, 1.00 equiv), xantphos (116.88 mg, 0.20 mmol, 0.20 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (658.52 mg, 2.02 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (92.41 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.10 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h under N2. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EA) to provide tert-butyl 4-(l--159-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT(3 -chloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (200.00 mg, 37.30%) as a white solid. [M+H]+=487.1.Chiral separation

[0434] Racemic tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)piperazine- 1 -carboxylate (200.00 mg) was separated by chiral chromatography to get two enantiomers . The first eluting enantiomer (Enantiomer 1) was 90.00 mg as a white solid and the second eluting enantiomer (Enantiomer 2) was 90.00 mg as a white solid. The absolute configurations were not determined, and stereochemistry of the enantiomers was arbitrarily assigned.Synthesis of 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide ( HC1 salt)

[0435] To a stirred mixture of tert-butyl 4-(l-(3-chloro-4-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl)-5- oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)piperazine-l -carboxylate (Enantiomer 1) (70.00 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (3 mL) was added HC1 in 1,4-dioxane (0.7 mL, 4M, 2.87 mmol, 20.00 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2h, concentrated to afford the title compound (crude 60.00 mg) as a white solid, which was used for the next step without further purification. [M+H]+=387. 1.Synthesis of Enantiomer 1 of 4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 61)

[0436] To a solution of 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-[2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (60.00 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-[2-oxo-4- (piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]benzenesulfonamide (23.78 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5 mL) was added DIEA (60.14 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1.00 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h under N2. LCMS showed the reaction was finished. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by using Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge Prep C18 Column, 19* 150 mm, 5 pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH4HCO3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 15 mL / min, 16min; Gradient: 30% B to 65% B in 10 min, Wavelength: 214 run. This resulted in Compound 61 (22.30 mg, 40.00%) as a white solid. [M+H]+ =504.1. 1H NMR (4OO MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 2.50-2.66 (m, 5H), 2.75-2.83 (m, 7H), 3.26-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.92 (m, 5H), 4.03-4.07 (m, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.19 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.86 (m, 1H),7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H).Synthesis of 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-(2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenesulfonamide ( HC1 salt)

[0437] To a solution of tert-butyl 4-{ l-[3-chloro-4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)phenyl]-5-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl}piperazine-l-carboxylate (Enantiomer 2) (90.00 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (2 mL) was added HC1 in 1,4-dioxane (0.9 mL, 4 M, 3.69 mmol, 20.00 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2h. Concentrated to afford the title compound (crude 75.00 mg) as a white solid, which was used for the next step without further purification. [M+H]+=387. 1-160-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTSynthesis of Enantiomer 2 of 4-(4-(4-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)piperazin-l-yl)-2- oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-chloro-N,N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 62)

[0438] To a solution of 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-[2-oxo-4-(piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l- yl]benzenesulfonamide (75.00 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 2-chloro-N,N-dimethyl-4-[2-oxo-4- (piperazin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]benzenesulfonamide (23.78 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in n-BuOH (5 mL) was added DIEA (60.14 mg, 0.46 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at rt. The mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16h under N2. The mixture was concentrated. The residue ...

Claims

1. AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTCLAIMSWhat is claimed is:

1. A compound having a structure according to Formula (I):wherein:Z is CH orN;Ri is H or CH3;R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; orRi and R2, together with the included N atom, form a 4-, 5- or 6-membered ring, wherein said 6-membered ring optionally includes one additional heteroatom selected from N and O;R3is independently selected for each occurrence from the group consisting of F, Cl, - OCH3, CH3and -CF3; x is 0, 1, or 2; y is 0 or 1; and z is 1 or 2.

2. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ri is H.

3. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ri is CH3.

4. The compound of any one of claims 1-3, wherein R2 is H.

5. The compound of any one of claims 1-3, wherein R2 is C1-C4 alkyl.

6. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ri and R2 are each CH3.

7. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ri is H and R2 is CH3.

8. The compound of any one of claims 1-7, wherein x is 0.

9. The compound of any one of claims 1-7, wherein x is 1 or 2, and wherein R3 is independently selected for each occurrence from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3.

10. The compound of claim 9, wherein x is 1 and R3 is F or Cl.

11. The compound of claim 9, wherein x is 2.

12. The compound of claim 11, wherein:-220-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT one instance of R3 is F and the other instance of R3 is Cl; both instances of R3 are F; or both instances of R3 are Cl.

13. The compound of any one of claims 1-12, wherein: y is 0 and z is 1; y is 0 and z is 2; y is 1 and z is 1; or y is 1 and z is 2.

14. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, wherein Z is N.

15. The compound of claim 1, having a structure according to Formula la:

16. The compound of claim 15, wherein:Ri is H or CH3;R2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; andR3 is F or Cl.

17. The compound of claim 1, having a structure according to Formula Ib:

18. The compound of claim 17, wherein:Ri is H or CH3;-221-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTR.2 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; and each R3 is independently F or Cl.

19. The compound of claim 1, having a structure according to Formula Ic, Id, le, or If:

20. The compound of claim 1, having a structure according to Formula Ig:

21. A compound having a structure according to Formula (II):-222-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCTwherein:X is CH2 or C=O; andR is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted thiazole-2-yl.

22. The compound of claim 21, wherein R4 is23. The compound of claim 21, wherein:X is C=O; andR is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl or optionally substituted cyclopropyl.

24. The compound of claim 23, wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more deuterium atoms or one or more fluorine atoms.

25. The compound of claim 24, wherein R4 is methyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl.

26. The compound of claim 24, wherein R4 is -CD3, -CH2CHF2, or -CH2CF3.

27. The compound of any one of claims 1-26, selected from Table 1 or Table 2.

28. A compound having a structure according to Formula (III):wherein Rs is optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted cyclopropyl, or optionally substituted thiazole-2-yl.N-, JI y — re29. The compound of claim 28, wherein Rs is30. The compound of claim 28, wherein Rs is C1-C4 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more deuterium atoms or one or more fluorine atoms.

31. The compound of claim 30, wherein Rs is methyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl.

32. The compound of claim 30, wherein Rs is -CD3, -CH2CHF2, or -CH2CF3.-223-4931-4396-9655, v. 2AttyDktNo. W11-T04 PCT33. A method for treating allergic reactions, allergic dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, eczema, or pruritus in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-32.

34. The method of claim 33, wherein the mammal is a companion animal.

35. The method of claim 34, wherein the companion animal is a dog.

36. The method of any one of claims 33-35, wherein the compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is administered orally, parenterally, or topically.

37. The method of any one of claims 33-36, wherein the compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is administered orally once daily.-224-4931-4396-9655, v. 2

Images